Skip to main content
In effectLaw

General UAE Legal Questions LawFederal Decree Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates

UAE Federal Decree-Law·Law No. (5) of 1985

قانون اتحادي بشأن إصدار قانون المعاملات المدنية

Authoritative Arabic version per the official UAE Legislation portal

Issued Date
December 15, 1985
Effective from
March 29, 1986
Articles
1,000
Last synced
May 4, 2026

Plain-language summary

Establishes the Civil Transactions Law governing contractual rights, obligations, property transfers, and legal relationships between individuals and entities i…

Synced from the official UAE Legislation portal · Plain-language summary by the LEXAI editorial team

Article-level text

Key Articles

1000 articles

  1. 1

    Article 1

    Article (1) The annexed law concerning civil transactions for the United Arab Emirates shall be enforced.

  2. 2

    Article 2

    Article (2) This Law shall be published in the official gazette and shall come into effect three months after its date of publication. Zayed bin Sultan Al Nahyan President United Arab Emirates Issued by us in the Presidency Palace in Abu Dhabi on: 15 / 12 / 1985 AD Corresponding: 03 Rabi’ul Thani 1406 A.H.

    -- 1 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 2 Introductory Section: General Provisions Chapter One: Provisions relating to the application and effect of the law in time and place Part 1: The Law and its application

  3. 3

    Article 3

    Article (3) Public order shall be deemed to include matters relating to personal status such as marriage, inheritance, and lineage, and matters relating to sovereignty, freedom of trade, the circulation of wealth, rules of private ownership and the other rules and foundations upon which society is based, in such a manner as not to conflict with the definitive provisions and fundamental principles of the Islamic Shari'ah.

    -- 2 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 3 Part 2: The application of the Law with regard to time

  4. 7

    Article 7

    Article (7) (1) If the new provision lays down a limitation period shorter than that laid down in the old provision, the new period shall apply from the time the new provision comes into effect notwithstanding that the old period has already commenced. (2) If, however, the remainder of the period provided for under the old provision is shorter than the period provided for under the new provision, the period of limitation shall expire

    -- 3 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 4 upon the expiry of that remainder.

  5. 8

    Article 8

    Article (8) The provisions relating to evidential proof current at the time such proof was prepared, or should have been prepared, shall apply thereto.

  6. 9

    Article 9

    Article (9) Times shall be calculated according to the solar (Gregorian) calendar unless the law provides otherwise. Part 3: The application of the Law with regard to place

  7. 10

    Part 3: The application of the Law with regard to place

    Article 10

    Article (10) The law of the State of the United Arab Emirates shall be the authoritative source in determining relationships when the nature of such relationships requires to be determined in a suit in which there is a conflict of laws as to the law to be applied between the parties.

  8. 11

    Part 3: The application of the Law with regard to place

    Article 11

    Article (11) (1) The law of the state of which a person has the nationality shall apply to the civil status and competence of such person but nevertheless in financial dealings transacted in the State of the United Arab Emirates the results of which materialise therein, if one of the parties is an alien of defective capacity and the lack of capacity is attributable to a hidden cause which the other party could not easily discover, such cause shall have no effect on his capacity. (2) With regard to the legal regulation of foreign juridical persons including companies, associations, establishments and otherwise, the law of the state in which such bodies have their actual main administrative centre shall apply thereto, and if such a body carries on an activity in the State of the United Arab Emirates, the national (sc.UAE) law shall apply.

  9. 14

    Article 14

    Article (14) In the circumstances provided for in the two foregoing Articles, if one of the spouses is a national at the time the marriage is contracted, the law of the United Arab Emirates alone shall apply, save in respect of the legal capacity to marry.

  10. 15

    Article 15

    Article (15) Obligations to support relatives shall be governed by the law of the person having such obligation.

  11. 18

    Article 18

    Article (18) (1) Possession, ownership and other rights over property shall be governed by the lex situs in the case of real property, and movable property shall be subject to the law of the place in which such property is at the time when the cause resulting in the acquisition or loss of possession, ownership or other rights over the property arose. (2) The law of the state in which property is located shall determine whether such property is real or movable.

  12. 20

    Article 20

    Article (20) (1) Non-contractual obligations shall be governed by the law of the state in which the event giving rise to the obligation took place. (2) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall not apply to obligations arising out of an unlawful act in connection with events taking place abroad which are lawful in the State of the United Arab Emirates notwithstanding that they are considered to be unlawful in the country in which they took place.

  13. 21

    Article 21

    Article (21) The rules relating to jurisdiction, and all procedural matters, shall be governed by the law of the state in which the action is brought or in which the procedures are carried out.

  14. 22

    Article 22

    Article (22) The provisions of the foregoing Articles shall not apply in cases where there is a contrary provision in a special law or in an international convention in force in the State.

  15. 23

    Article 23

    Article (23) The principles of private international law shall apply in the absence of a relevant provision in the foregoing Articles governing the conflict of laws.

  16. 25

    Article 25

    Article (25) If it appears from the provisions contained in the foregoing Articles that the law to be applied is the law of a particular state which has more than one legal system, the domestic law of that state shall determine which legal system is to be applied. In the absence of a specific provision, the prevailing system of law, or the law of the place of residence, as the case may be, shall apply.

  17. 28

    Article 28

    Article (28) The law of the United Arab Emirates shall be applied if it is impossible to prove the existence of an applicable law or to determine its effect. Chapter Two: Certain jurisprudential maxims and rules of interpretation

  18. 30

    Chapter Two: Certain jurisprudential maxims and rules of interpretation

    Article 30

    Article (30) Exceptions may not be used by analogy, nor may their interpretations be extended.

  19. 35

    Chapter Two: Certain jurisprudential maxims and rules of interpretation

    Article 35

    Article (35) Certainty shall not be removed by a doubt.

  20. 42

    Article 42

    Article (42) (1) No harm shall be done, nor harm done in return. (2) Harm shall be made good. (3) Harm may not be made good by causing similar harm (in return).

  21. 44

    Article 44

    Article (44) A person shall be bound by his admissions. The averting of evil is better than the doing of good.

    -- 10 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 11

  22. 45

    Article 45

    Article (45) Compelling need shall not annul the rights of others.

  23. 51

    Article 51

    Article (51) An obligation under custom has the same force as an expressly stipulated condition.

  24. 56

    Article 56

    Article (56) A subordinate matter (right or obligation) shall be annulled if the principal matter (right or obligation) is annulled.

  25. 57

    Article 57

    Article (57) If (and only if) the original thing is lost, an obligation may be performed by use of a substitute.

  26. 58

    Article 58

    Article (58) A disposition affecting the public must, to be valid, be in the public interest.

  27. 61

    Article 61

    Article (61) No regard shall be had to an (act performed in consequence of a) belief which is shown to be wrong.

  28. 63

    Article 63

    Article (63) A person shall be bound by his admissions.

  29. 65

    Article 65

    Article (65) A matter which is (merely) outwardly apparent suffices as a defence (to maintain the status quo), but not to establish a (positive claim of) right.

  30. 66

    Article 66

    Article (66) The yield (esp. of animals or land) belongs to (him who undertakes) the burden (of making the payment for the upkeep of the thing producing the yield).

  31. 68

    Article 68

    Article (68) No person may validly make a disposition over the property of another.

    -- 13 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 14

  32. 69

    Article 69

    Article (69) He who prematurely obtains a thing shall be penalised by being deprived of it.

  33. 70

    Article 70

    Article (70) No person may resile from what he has (conclusively) performed. Chapter Three : Persons Part 1 : Natural Persons

  34. 72

    Chapter Three: Persons

    Article 72

    Article (72) (1) The facts of birth and death shall be recorded (or: proved) by entries in registers kept for that purpose. (2) If there is no such evidence or if it should appear that the entries in the register are incorrect, it shall be permissible to prove the same by any legal means of proof.

  35. 74

    Chapter Three: Persons

    Article 74

    Article (74) The provisions relating to lost and missing persons shall be laid down in a special law.

    -- 14 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 15

  36. 75

    Article 75

    Article (75) (1) The nationality of the State of the United Arab Emirates shall be regulated by law. (2) By the word "national", wherever it appears in the Civil Code, shall be meant any person having the nationality of the United Arab Emirates. By the word "alien" shall be meant any person who does not have the nationality of the United Arab Emirates.

  37. 76

    Article 76

    Article (76) (1) The family of a person shall consist of his spouse and relatives. (2) All persons coming from a common stock shall be deemed to be relatives.

  38. 80

    Article 80

    Article (80) (1) Each person shall have a name and a surname, and his surname shall attach to the names of his children. (2) A special law shall regulate the manner of acquisition and changing of names and surnames.

  39. 86

    Article 86

    Article (86) (1) No person who lacks discretion by reason of youth, imbecility or insanity shall be competent to exercise his civil rights. (2) Persons under the age of seven years shall be deemed not to have reached the age of discretion.

  40. 87

    Article 87

    Article (87) Any person who has reached the age of discretion but has not reached the age of majority and any person who has reached the age of majority but is an idiot or of unsound mind shall be of defective capacity under the law.

  41. 88

    Article 88

    Article (88) Persons of no capacity or of defective capacity as the case may be shall, with regard to guardianship, tutelage and custodianship, be subject to the relevant conditions in accordance with the rules laid down by law.

    -- 17 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 18

  42. 89

    Article 89

    Article (89) No person may divest himself of his personal liberty or of his capacity, or vary the concomitants thereof.

  43. 90

    Article 90

    Article (90) Any person who suffers an unlawful infringement of any of the rights appurtenant to him as a person shall have the right to require that such infringement cease, together with compensation for any damage suffered by him.

  44. 91

    Article 91

    Article (91) Any person whose use of his name or surname or both is disputed by another without justification or whose name or surname or both are wrongfully assumed by another shall have the right to require that such infringement do cease and to claim compensation for any harm suffered. Part 2: Juridical Persons

  45. 92

    Part 2: Juridical Persons

    Article 92

    Article (92) Juridical persons shall consist of the following: - (a) the State, the (individual) Emirates, the Municipalities and other administrative units, under the conditions laid down for them by law; (b) public departments, authorities and bodies and public institutions and establishments upon which a judicial personality is conferred by law; (c) Islamic bodies recognised by the State as having a juridical personality; (d) waqfs; (e) civil and trading companies, save as excluded by a special provision; (f) private societies and establishments established in accordance with the law; and (g) any grouping of persons or property having a juridical personality under the provisions of the law.

    -- 18 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 19

  46. 94

    Article 94

    Article (94) Juridical persons shall be subject to the special laws pertaining to them. Chapter Four: Things and property

  47. 95

    Chapter Four: Things and property

    Article 95

    Article (95) Property ("mal") is anything or right having a material value in dealing.

  48. 97

    Chapter Four: Things and property

    Article 97

    Article (97) Any thing which can be possessed whether physically or constructively, or which may be lawfully enjoyed, and which does not by its nature or by operation of law fall outside the scope of dealing (transactions), shall be a proper subject of property rights.

  49. 98

    Chapter Four: Things and property

    Article 98

    Article (98) Things which are by their nature outside the scope of dealing are those which no person may possess exclusively, and things which are outside the scope of dealing by operation of law are those which the law does not permit to be the subject of property rights.

  50. 99

    Article 99

    Article (99) (1) Fungible things are those whose units or parts are of a replaceable nature, or nearly so, in such a way that by custom other things can take their place without any appreciable distinction, and which are calculated in dealing by number, measurement, capacity or weight. (2) Non-fungibles are those things whose individual instances differ appreciably as to description or value, or which are unique in circulation.

  51. 100

    Article 100

    Article (100) (1) Consumable things are those the nature of which cannot be enjoyed save by consuming or spending them. (2) Usable things (durables) are those which can only be enjoyed by repeated use, they retaining their specific identity.

  52. 101

    Article 101

    Article (101) Any thing of a permanently fixed nature and which cannot be removed without damaging or altering its surroundings shall be regarded as real property. Everything else shall be regarded as movable property.

    -- 20 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 21

  53. 103

    Article 103

    Article (103) (1) All real property or movables owned by the State or public juridical persons, allocated in fact or in law for the public benefit, shall be deemed to be public property. (2) In no circumstances may such property be disposed of or distrained (attached) or pass into (private) ownership by effluxion of time. Chapter Five: Rights Part1: The scope and exercise of rights

  54. 104

    Chapter Five: Rights

    Article 104

    Article (104) The doing of what is permitted by law negates liability, and no person who lawfully exercises his rights shall be liable for any harm arising thereout.

  55. 105

    Chapter Five: Rights

    Article 105

    Article (105) (1) It is proper that a private harm be borne to avert a public harm. (2) It is proper that a greater harm be removed by (inflicting) a lesser harm. Part 2: The abuse of rights

  56. 107

    Part 2: The abuse of rights

    Article 107

    Article (107) A right may be personal, property or moral (choses in action).

  57. 108

    Part 2: The abuse of rights

    Article 108

    Article (108) A personal right is a legal relationship between an obligee and an obligor whereby the obligee has a claim against his obligor for the transfer of a property right, or to perform or refrain from performing an act.

  58. 109

    Part 3: Types of rights

    Article 109

    Article (109) (1) A property right is a direct power over a particular thing, given by law to a particular person. (2) A property right may be original or consequential.

  59. 110

    Part 3: Types of rights

    Article 110

    Article (110) (1) Original property rights are rights of ownership, disposal, usufruct, use, residence or shared occupation, rights of easement, waqfs, and rights which the law provides shall be deemed to be such. (2) Consequential property rights are mortgages for security, possessory mortgages, and liens.

  60. 111

    Article 111

    Article (111) (1) Moral rights are those which subsist over a non-material thing. (2) Rights of authors, inventors, artists, and rights in trademarks and other moral rights, shall be governed by the provisions of special laws.

    -- 22 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 23 Part 4: Proof of rights 1- Categories of evidence

  61. 112

    Part 4: Proof of rights

    Article 112

    Article (112) Evidence to prove a right shall take the following forms:- (a) writing; (b) testimony; (c) circumstantial evidence; (d) eye-witness and expert evidence; (e) admissions; and (f) evidence on oath. 2- General rules of proof

  62. 113

    Part 4: Proof of rights

    Article 113

    Article (113) The burden lies on an obligee to prove his right, and on an obligor to refute it.

  63. 114

    Part 4: Proof of rights

    Article 114

    Article (114) Writing, testimony and conclusive circumstantial evidence, as well as eye-witness and expert evidence, shall be valid as against other parties, but an admission shall be valid against the maker thereof alone.

  64. 115

    Part 4: Proof of rights

    Article 115

    Article (115) Any testimony by which an advantage is gained by or a detriment averted from the witness shall be rejected.

  65. 116

    Part 4: Proof of rights

    Article 116

    Article (116) The testimony of a deaf person, and his oath, shall be admitted by his accustomed signs, if he is unable to write.

    -- 23 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 24

  66. 117

    Article 117

    Article (117) The burden of proof is upon him who asserts, and the oath (of denial) must be taken by him who denies.

  67. 119

    Article 119

    Article (119) The oath shall be accepted from one who takes it to discharge himself, but not to bind another.

  68. 121

    Article 121

    Article (121) The evidence of a translator registered in the special register shall be accepted, as laid down by law.

  69. 122

    Article 122

    Article (122) Conflicting evidence shall have no force, but (sic) it shall be of no effect in the judgment of a court if it is proved thereafter, and an interested party shall have a claim for indemnity against the witness. 3- Application of the rules of proof

  70. 123

    Article 123

    Article (123) In the rules and procedures for proof and the adducing of evidence of a right, the Courts shall apply the provisions laid down in special laws, to the extent that the same do not conflict with the foregoing provisions. Book One: Personal obligations and rights Section 1: Sources of obligation or personal rights

  71. 124

    Article 124

    Article (124) Personal obligations or rights shall arise out of dispositions, legal events and the law, and the sources of obligations shall be as follows:- 1. contracts; 2. unilateral acts; 3. acts causing harm (torts); 4. acts conferring a benefit; and 5. the law.

    -- 25 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 26 Chapter 1: Contracts Part 1: General provisions

  72. 126

    Chapter 1: Contracts

    Article 126

    Article (126) The following may be the subject matter of a contract: (a) property, whether moveable or immoveable, or corporeal or incorporeal; (b) benefits derived from property; (c) a particular act or service; and (d) any other thing which is not prohibited by a provision of the law and is not contrary to public order or morals.

  73. 127

    Article 127

    Article (127) A contract to do an unlawful thing is unlawful.

  74. 128

    Article 128

    Article (128) (1) The general provisions contained in this Part shall apply to nominate and innominate contracts. (2) With regard to rules applying to certain contracts only, the special provisions governing the same shall be laid down in this Law or in other laws.

    -- 26 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 27 Part 2: The elements, validity and effect of the contract, and options 1- The making of the contract

  75. 129

    Part 2: The elements, validity and effect of the contract, and options

    Article 129

    Article (129) The necessary elements for the making of a contract are:‑ (a) that the two parties to the contract should agree upon the essential elements; (b) the subject matter of the contract must be something which is possible and defined or capable of being defined and permissible to be dealt in; and (c) there must be a lawful purpose for the obligations arising out of the contract.

  76. 130

    Part 2: The elements, validity and effect of the contract, and options

    Article 130

    Article (130) A contract shall be made by virtue solely of the confluence of offer and acceptance, subject to the specific provisions laid down for the making of the contract by law.

  77. 131

    Part 2: The elements, validity and effect of the contract, and options

    Article 131

    Article (131) Both offer and acceptance are any expression of intent used to create a contract. The first to be uttered is the offer, and the second the acceptance.

  78. 132

    Article 132

    Article (132) An expression of intent may be made orally or in writing, and may be expressed in the past or present tense or in the imperative if the present time is intended or by such means as are customary even by a person who is not dumb, or by an interchange of acts demonstrating the mutual consent or by adopting any other course in respect of which the circumstances leave no doubt that they demonstrate mutual consent.

  79. 133

    Article 133

    Article (133) The form of acceptance having the purport of a bare promise will give rise to a contract by way of binding promise if such is the intention of both parties.

    -- 27 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 28

  80. 134

    Article 134

    Article (134) (1) An offer of goods or services accompanied by an indication of the consideration shall be regarded as an offer. (2) A publication or advertisement or a current price list or any other statement connected with offers or orders directed towards the public or individuals shall not in the event of doubt be treated as offers but only as an invitation to enter into a contract.

  81. 135

    Article 135

    Article (135) (1) A person who remains silent shall not be deemed to have made a statement, but silence in the face of a circumstance in which a statement is called for shall be regarded as an acceptance. (2) In particular, silence shall be deemed to be an acceptance if there has been a prior dealing between the contracting parties and the offer is related to such dealing or if the offer will bring about a benefit to the person to whom it is made.

  82. 137

    Article 137

    Article (137) If the parties concern themselves during the majlis of the contract with extraneous matters, that shall be regarded as rejection of the matter in hand.

    -- 28 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 29

  83. 138

    Article 138

    Article (138) A repetition of the offer prior to acceptance annuls the first offer, and the last made offer shall be regarded as the valid one.

  84. 139

    Article 139

    Article (139) (1) If a time is fixed for the acceptance to be given, the offeror shall be bound to keep to his offer until such time expires. (2) The time may be inferred from the circumstances of the case or from the nature of the transaction.

  85. 140

    Article 140

    Article (140) (1) The acceptance must coincide with the offer. (2) If the acceptance exceeds the subject matter of the offer or places a restriction on it or varies it, that shall be regarded as a rejection containing a new offer.

  86. 141

    Article 141

    Article (141) (1) A contract may only be made upon the agreement of the two parties to the essential elements of the obligation, and the other lawful conditions which the parties regard as essential. (2) If the parties agree on the essential elements of the obligation and the remainder of the other lawful conditions which both parties regard as essential and they leave matters of detail to be agreed upon afterwards but they do not stipulate that the contract shall not be regarded as made in the event of absence of agreement upon such matters, the contract shall be deemed to have been made, and if a dispute arises as to the matters which have not been agreed upon, the judge shall adjudicate thereon in accordance with the nature of the transaction and the provisions of the law.

    -- 29 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 30

  87. 143

    Article 143

    Article (143) A contract made by telephone or by any similar means shall be regarded, so far as concerns place, as if it had been made between the contracting parties otherwise than in a single majlis with them both present at the time of the contract, and with regard to time, it shall be regarded as having been made between those present at the majlis.

  88. 144

    Article 144

    Article (144) A contract by way of auction shall only be made by the bid being accepted, and an offer shall lapse upon a higher offer being made even though the higher offer may be void, or upon the auction ending without a bid being accepted.

  89. 146

    Article 146

    Article (146) (1) An agreement whereby both or one of the contracting parties undertake to make a specific contract in the future may only be made if all of the essential matters of the contract intended to be made and the period within which it is to be made are specified. (2) If the law requires that for a contract to be perfected a certain specified form should be used, that form must likewise be observed in the agreement containing the promise to make

    -- 30 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 31 such contract.

  90. 147

    Article 147

    Article (147) If a person promises to make a contract and then renegues and is sued by the other person for the performance of the promise and the conditions necessary for the making of the contract, in particular the form, are satisfied, the judgment shall, when it becomes final, stand as the contract.

  91. 149

    Article 149

    Article (149) A contract may be made by a principal and it may also be made by an agent unless the law stipulates otherwise.

  92. 150

    Article 150

    Article (150) (1) The agency in the contract may be by agreement or by law. (2) The deed of agency {power of attorney) issued by the principal shall specify the extent of the powers of the agent if the agency is by agreement, and the law shall specify such powers if the agency is by law.

    -- 31 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 32

  93. 151

    Article 151

    Article (151) If a person makes a contract on his own and for his own account then he shall be bound by the provisions of it to the exclusion of other persons.

  94. 152

    Article 152

    Article (152) (1) If a contract is made by means of an agency, it is the person of the agent and not the person of the principal to whom regard shall be had when considering defects in consent or the effect of knowledge of certain special circumstances or a presumption of knowledge thereof. (2) Nevertheless, if the deputy is an agent acting in accordance with specific instructions given to him by his principal, the principal may not rely on the ignorance of the agent of circumstances of which the principal knew or which he is presumed to have known.

  95. 154

    Article 154

    Article (154) If the party making a contract does not state at the time the contract is made that he is contracting in his capacity as agent, the effect of the contract will not attach to the principal either as obligeee or obligor unless it is conclusively presumed that the person with whom the agent contracted knew that he was an agent or if it was a matter of indifference for him whether he was contracting with the principal or the agent.

    -- 32 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 33

  96. 155

    Article 155

    Article (155) If the agent and the person contracting with him are both ignorant at the time the contract is made of the agency having been terminated, the effect of the contract made by the agent will attach to the principal or his successors.

  97. 156

    Article 156

    Article (156) It shall not be permissible for a person to contract with himself in the name of the person for whom he is an agent whether the contract is for his own account or for the account of another party without authorisation from the principal, but provided that it is permissible or the principal in that event to approve the contract, having regard in all of the above to any contrary provisions of the law or commercial practice. 3- The capacity to contract

  98. 157

    Article 157

    Article (157) Every person shall have capacity to contract unless that capacity is taken from him or restricted by operation of law.

  99. 158

    Article 158

    Article (158) A minor who is not of the age of discretion shall not have the right to deal in his property, and all his dealings shall be void.

  100. 160

    Article 160

    Article (160) (1) A guardian may permit a minor who has reached the age of 18 Hijra years to receive all or part of his property to administer it. (2) It shall be permissible for the court upon hearing the evidence of the guardian to permit a minor who has attained the age of 18 Hijra years to receive all or some of his property to administer it. (3) The provisions relating to the above shall be laid down by law.

  101. 161

    Article 161

    Article (161) A minor who is authorised to make dealings within the terms of the authorisation shall have the same status as an adult.

  102. 162

    Article 162

    Article (162) It shall not be permissible for a minor whether under guardianship or tutelage to trade unless he has attained the age of 18 Hijra years, and the court has given him absolute or limited authority so to do.

  103. 163

    Article 163

    Article (163) (1) A judge may grant authorisation to a minor of the age of discretion where his guardian has withheld authorisation, and the guardian may impose no restriction upon the minor thereafter. (2) The judge may, after giving authorisation, reimpose the restriction upon the minor.

  104. 164

    Article 164

    Article (164) The guardian of the property of a minor shall be first his father then the executor of his father then the true grandfather then the judge or the guardian appointed by the judge.

    -- 34 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 35

  105. 165

    Article 165

    Article (165) The law shall determine the necessary capacity which the guardian must have in order to exercise his rights of guardianship over property.

  106. 166

    Article 166

    Article (166) Contracts of administration issued by a guardian over the property of a minor shall be valid and effective in accordance with the conditions and provisions laid down by law.

  107. 169

    Article 169

    Article (169) Adult insane persons and imbeciles who are under a restriction shall be of the same status as a minor of no capacity.

    -- 35 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 36

  108. 171

    Article 171

    Article (171) (1) It shall be permissible for the court to permit a person under a restriction on the grounds of idiocy or mental disability to have all or part of his property for administration thereof. (2) The law shall lay down provisions in that behalf.

  109. 172

    Article 172

    Article (172) The laws shall set out the procedures to be followed with regard to restrictions over restricted persons, the management and exploitation of their property, and dealing therein, and other questions relating to guardianship, tutelage and protection.

  110. 173

    Article 173

    Article (173) If a person is deaf and dumb or blind and deaf, or blind and dumb and he is by reason thereof unable to express his intent, it shall be permissible for the judge to appoint a judicial assistant for him to help him in his dispositions if his interests so require, in such manner as is laid down by law.

  111. 174

    Article 174

    Article (174) Dispositions made by guardians, tutors or protectors shall be valid within the limits laid down by law.

    -- 36 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 37

  112. 175

    Article 175

    Article (175) If a person of defective capacity uses deceitful means to conceal his defect in capacity, he shall be bound to pay compensation. 4- Defects in Consent a- Duress

  113. 176

    Article 176

    Article (176) Duress is coercion of a person without the right of so doing to perform an act without his consent. Duress may be forcible or non-forcible, and may be material or moral.

  114. 177

    Article 177

    Article (177) Duress is forcible if it is threat of grave and imminent danger to person or property. It is non-forcible if it involves a lesser threat.

  115. 179

    Article 179

    Article (179) Forcible duress nullifies consent and vitiates free choice. Non-forcible duress nullifies but does not vitiate free choice.

  116. 181

    Article 181

    Article (181) In order for there to be duress the person exercising it must be capable of carrying out his threat, and the victim must believe that the threat will be carried out immediately if he does not do that which he is coerced into doing.

  117. 182

    Article 182

    Article (182) A person who exercises either kind of duress to conclude a contract may not enforce his contract, but the contract will be valid if the victim or his heirs so permit after the threat has ceased, either expressly or by their acts.

  118. 184

    Article 184

    Article (184) If the duress is exercised otherwise than by one of the contracting parties, the person coerced into contracting may not claim that the contract is ineffective unless he proves that the other contracting party knew or is presumed to have known of the duress. b- Deception and cheating

  119. 186

    Article 186

    Article (186) Deliberate silence concerning a fact or set of circumstances shall be deemed to be a misrepresentation if it is proved that the person misled thereby would not have made the contract had he been aware of that fact or set of circumstances.

  120. 187

    Article 187

    Article (187) If one of the contracting parties makes a misrepresentation to the other and it transpires that the contract was concluded by a gross cheat, the person so misled may cancel the contract.

  121. 188

    Article 188

    Article (188) Gross cheating involving land or otherwise is a bargain which no ordinary person conversant with that market could contemplate as reasonable.

  122. 189

    Article 189

    Article (189) If the cheating, however, slight, affects the property of a person under judicial restriction on account of a debt or a terminally ill person, and that person's liabilities exceed his assets, the contract shall be dependent upon the cheating being redressed, or the consent of the creditors, otherwise it shall be void.

  123. 190

    Article 190

    Article (190) If the misrepresentation is made by a person other than the contracting parties, and the person to whom the misrepresentation was made proves that the other contracting party knew of the misrepresentation, it shall be permissible for him to cancel the contract.

  124. 192

    Article 192

    Article (192) The right to cancel for misrepresentation and gross cheat shall lapse on the death of the person having the right to apply for the cancellation or upon a dealing made in the subject matter of the contract in whole or in part in such a way as implies consent, or if the property is destroyed while in the possession of the person who would otherwise have such right, or if he consumes it, damages it, or increases it. c- Mistake

  125. 193

    Article 193

    Article (193) No regard shall be had for any mistake save in so far as it is contained in the form of the contract or demonstrated by the surrounding circumstances and conditions, or the nature of things, or custom.

  126. 194

    Article 194

    Article (194) If there is a mistake as to the identity of the contract or as to one of the conditions upon which it is made or as to the subject matter of the contract, the contract shall be void.

  127. 195

    Article 195

    Article (195) A contracting party shall have the right to cancel the contract if he has made a mistake in a desired (non-essential) matter such as a characteristic of the subject matter of the contract or the identity of the other contracting party or as to a characteristic of such person.

  128. 197

    Article 197

    Article (197) A mere mistake in an account or in a writing shall not affect the contract, and it shall simply be rectified.

  129. 198

    Article 198

    Article (198) A person who has made a mistake may not rely on it in a manner inconsistent with good faith. 5- The subject matter and purpose of the contract a- The subject matter of the contract

  130. 199

    Article 199

    Article (199) Every contract must have a subject matter to which it attaches.

  131. 200

    Article 200

    Article (200) (1) In transactions involving property, the subject matter of the contract must be property which may lawfully be dealt in. (2) The subject matter may be specific property or a benefit or any other right in property, and likewise the subject matter may be an act or refraining from an act.

  132. 201

    Article 201

    Article (201) If the subject matter is inherently impossible at the time the contract is made, the contract shall be void.

  133. 202

    Article 202

    Article (202) (1) A future thing may properly be the subject matter of commutative contracts involving property, in the absence of uncertainty (Gharar see Chapter IV of Book Two). (2) It shall not, however, be permissible to deal in the after death estate of a person still

    -- 41 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 42 living notwithstanding that that person may have consented, save in the cases provided for by law.

  134. 204

    Article 204

    Article (204) If the subject matter of the disposition or the consideration therefor is money, its amount and type must be specified without any increase or decrease in the value of that money at the time of payment having any effect.

  135. 205

    Article 205

    Article (205) (1) The subject matter must be such as falls within the ambit of a contract. (2) If the law prohibits dealing in a thing or if it is contrary to public order or morals, the contract shall be void.

  136. 206

    Article 206

    Article (206) The contract may be accompanied by a condition confirming its purport or consistent with it or in accordance with usage and custom or containing an advantage to one of the contracting parties or a third party, provided that in the case of all of the foregoing it is not prohibited by law or contrary to public order or morals, otherwise the condition shall be void and the contract shall be valid, unless the condition is the inducement to make the

    -- 42 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 43 contract, in which case the contract also shall be void. b- The purpose of the contract

  137. 207

    Article 207

    Article (207) (1) The reason is the direct purpose aimed at by the contract. (2) The reason must be existent, valid, and permitted, and not contrary to public order or morals.

  138. 208

    Article 208

    Article (208) (1) The contract shall not be valid if it does not contain a lawful benefit to both contracting parties. (2) A contract shall be presumed to contain such lawful benefit unless there is evidence to the contrary. 6- Valid, void and defective contracts a- The valid contract.

  139. 209

    Article 209

    Article (209) A valid contract is a contract which is lawful in its essence and description, being made by a competent person in respect of a subject matter properly falling within the ambit of a contract, having an existing, valid and lawful purpose and in proper form, and unaccompanied by any vitiating condition. b- The void contract

  140. 210

    Article 210

    Article (210) (1) A void contract is one which is unlawful in its essence and form, lacking the elements of a contract or defective in its subject matter or purpose or form as laid down by law for the making of a contract, and such contract shall be of no effect and shall not be capable of being rectified by consent.

    -- 43 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 44 (2) Any person having an interest may rely on the voidness of the contract and a judge may so rule of his own motion. (3) No claim (for a declaration) that a contract is void shall be heard after the expiry of 15 years from the date the contract was made, but any person having an interest may raise the defence of the voidness of the contract at any time.

  141. 211

    Article 211

    Article (211) (1) If part of a contract is void the entire contract shall be void unless the subject matter of each part is (separately) specified in which case it shall be void as to the void part, and the remainder shall be valid. (2) If part of a contract is dependent upon the grant of a consent, then if the consent is given the whole contract will be effective and if the consent is not given only that part will be void together with the consideration therefor, and the remainder of the contract with its consideration will be valid. c- The defective contract

  142. 212

    Article 212

    Article (212) (1) A voidable contract is one which is lawful in its essence but not in form, and if the cause of the voidability is removed, the contract shall be valid. (2) A transfer of ownership under a voidable contract shall only be effective if the property itself has been received. (3) A voidable contract shall only have effect within the area laid down by the provisions of the law. (4) Each of the parties to the contract and their heirs shall have the right to cancel the contract after giving notice to the other contracting parties.

    -- 44 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 45 7- Suspended and non-binding contracts a- The suspended contract

  143. 214

    Article 214

    Article (214) The right to grant or withhold consent to the contract shall be that of the owner or the person in whose favour the right over the thing contracted for exists, or in the tutor or guardian, or in the person of defective capacity after the defect has been remedied, or the person who has suffered duress after the duress has been removed, or such person to whom the law gives that power.

  144. 215

    Article 215

    Article (215) (1) Consent may be by any act or word indicating the same expressly or by implication. (2) Silence shall be taken to be consent if by custom it indicates consent.

  145. 216

    Article 216

    Article (216) It is a condition of the validity of the consent that the disposition should have been one capable of being consented to at the time it was made and at the time the consent is given, and it is likewise a condition that at the time the consent is given, there should be in existence the person who had the right to give the consent, the two parties to the contract, the subject matter of the contract, or a substitute therefor if it is a specified thing.

    -- 45 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 46

  146. 217

    Article 217

    Article (217) (1) If consentis given to a suspended transaction, it shall become effective retroactively to the time it was made, and the subsequent consent shall have the same effect as a prior agency. (2) If consent is refused, the disposition shall be void. b- The non-binding contract

  147. 218

    Article 218

    Article (218) (1) A contract shall not be binding on one or both of the contracting parties despite its validity and effectiveness if there is a condition that such party may cancel it without mutual consent or an order of the court. (2) Each party may act unilaterally in cancelling it if by its nature the contract is not binding upon him or if he has made it a condition in his own favour that he has the option to cancel. 8- Options affecting the binding nature of the contract a- The option of conditionality

  148. 219

    Article 219

    Article (219) In binding contracts which are liable to be cancelled it shall be permissible for the contracting parties or either of them to make it a condition in the contract or thereafter that he should enjoy the benefit of the option of conditionality in his own or another's favour for such period as may be agreed between the parties, and if they do not agree on a particular period, it shall be permissible for the judge to specify that period in accordance with custom.

    -- 46 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 47

  149. 220

    Article 220

    Article (220) If each of the two contracting parties has the advantage of the benefit of conditionality in commutative contracts involving property and the consideration on both sides has not left the ownership of either of the contracting parties but one then exercises the option to cancel, that property shall not pass out of his ownership neither shall the property of the other pass into the ownership of the first.

  150. 222

    Article 222

    Article (222) If both of the contracting parties have the advantage of the option of conditionality and one of them elects to cancel the contract, the contract shall be cancelled notwithstanding that the other may have affirmed, and if one affirms the contract the other shall retain his option to cancel throughout the period laid down for the option.

  151. 223

    Article 223

    Article (223) (1) Cancellation or affirmation may take place by any act or word indicating the same, whether expressly or by implication. (2) If the period expires without the option to cancel or to affirm being exercised, the contract shall become binding.

    -- 47 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 48

  152. 226

    Article 226

    Article (226) The option to inspect shall arise in contracts liable to cancellation in favour of the person to whom the disposition is made even though not expressly stipulated if the subject matter of the contract has not been seen, and is specified.

  153. 227

    Article 227

    Article (227) The option to inspect shall remain until the inspection is carried out within the agreed period, or until anything occurs which causes it to lapse.

  154. 228

    Article 228

    Article (228) The option to inspect shall not prevent the contract becoming effective but will only prevent it becoming binding on the person in whose favour the option exists.

    -- 48 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 49

  155. 230

    Article 230

    Article (230) Cancellation under the option to inspect may be by any act or word indicating the same whether expressly or by implication, but on condition that the other contracting party is aware thereof. c-The option to specify (one out of two or more potential objects of the contract)

  156. 232

    Article 232

    Article (232) If the contracting parties do not specify the period of the option or if the period laid down for one of them to exercise it expires without the election being made, it shall be permissible for the other party to apply to the judge to fix the period of the option or to determine the subject matter of the disposition.

    -- 49 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 50

  157. 233

    Article 233

    Article (233) The contract shall not be binding upon the person having the right to exercise the option until that right is exercised, and if the option is exercised expressly or by implication the contract shall become binding and effective in connection with the subject matter over which the option is exercised.

  158. 234

    Article 234

    Article (234) The exercise of the option shall relate back to the time the contract came into existence.

  159. 236

    Article 236

    Article (236) If the person having the option to appoint dies during the period of the option, his right shall be transferred to his heirs. d- The option to reject for defects

  160. 237

    Article 237

    Article (237) Contracts capable of being cancelled shall carry with them the right to cancel the contract under the defects option without there being a condition in that behalf in the contract.

  161. 238

    Article 238

    Article (238) In order for a defect to give rise to an option to reject, it must be old (pre-existing), it must affect the value of the subject matter of the contract, it must be unknown to the purchaser, and the seller must not have contracted for an exemption from liability in respect of it.

  162. 239

    Article 239

    Article (239) (1) If the conditions set out in the preceding Article are satisfied in respect of a defect, the contract is not binding on the person having the right to exercise the option before taking delivery, and is liable to cancellation thereafter. (2) The contract will be cancelled prior to taking delivery by any matter demonstrating the same, without the need for mutual agreement or an order of the court on condition that the other party is aware (of the cancellation), but after delivery has been taken cancellation must be by mutual consent or by order of the court.

  163. 240

    Article 240

    Article (240) If a contract is cancelled by reason of a defect, the subject matter of the contract is to be returned to the owner, and the price paid is recoverable.

    -- 51 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 52

  164. 242

    Article 242

    Article (242) The person having the option to reject for a defect may also retain the thing contracted for and claim for the reduction in value. Part 3: The effects of the contract 1- With regard to the contracting parties

  165. 243

    Part 3: The effects of the contract

    Article 243

    Article (243) (1) The contract shall apply to the subject matter of the contract and the consideration therefor as soon as the contract is made, and shall not depend upon receipt or any other thing unless the law provides otherwise. (2) With regard to the rights (obligations) arising out of the contract, each of the contracting parties must perform that which he is obliged to do under the contract.

  166. 245

    Article 245

    Article (245) In the case of commutative contracts to derive benefits from property, provided the conditions for the validity thereof are satisfied, the person dealing in the property shall have the obligation to deliver it to the usufructuary, and the usufructuary shall have the obligation to deliver the consideration for the benefit to the owner of the property.

  167. 246

    Article 246

    Article (246) (1) The contract must be performed in accordance with its contents, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of good faith. (2) The contract shall not be restricted to an obligation upon the contracting party to do that which is (expressly) contained in it, but shall also embrace that which is appurtenant to it by virtue of the law, custom, and the nature of the transaction.

  168. 247

    Article 247

    Article (247) In contracts binding upon both parties, if the mutual obligations are due for performance, each of the parties may refuse to perform his obligation if the other contracting party does not perform that which he is obliged to do.

  169. 249

    Article 249

    Article (249) If exceptional circumstances of a public nature which could not have been foreseen occur as a result of which the performance of the contractual obligation, even if not impossible, becomes oppressive for the obligor so as to threaten him with grave loss, it shall be permissible for the judge, in accordance with the circumstances and after weighing up the

    -- 53 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 54 interests of each party, to reduce the oppressive obligation to a reasonable level if justice so requires, and any agreement to the contrary shall be void. 2- With regard to third parties

  170. 250

    Article 250

    Article (250) The effects of the contract shall extend to the contracting parties and their general successors without prejudice to the rules relating to inheritance, unless it appears from the contract or from the nature of the transaction or from the provisions of the law that the effects were not to extend to a general successor.

  171. 251

    Article 251

    Article (251) If the contract gives rise to personal rights connected with a thing transferred thereafter to a special successor, such rights shall be transferred to such successor at the time at which the thing is transferred if it is one of the appurtenances thereof and the special successor was aware of those rights at the time of the transfer of the thing to him.

  172. 252

    Article 252

    Article (252) A contract may not impose an obligation upon a third party but it may create a right in him.

  173. 255

    Article 255

    Article (255) (1) The person imposing that condition in the contract, but not his obligees or heirs, may cancel that condition before the beneficiary gives notice to the undertaker or the person imposing the condition of his intention to benefit thereby, unless that is contrary to the purport of the contract. (2) The cancellation of the condition shall not relieve the undertaker of his obligation to the party imposing it unless there is an express or implied agreement to the contrary. The person imposing the condition may replace the first beneficiary by another, and he may also allocate the benefit of the condition for himself.

  174. 257

    Article 257

    Article (257) The basic principle in contracts is the consent of the contracting parties and that which they have undertaken to do in the contract.

  175. 258

    Article 258

    Article (258) (1) The criterion in (the construction of) contracts is intentions and meanings and not words and form. (2) The primary rule is that words have their true meaning and a word may not be construed figuratively unless it is impossible to give it its direct meaning.

  176. 259

    Article 259

    Article (259) There shall be no scope for implications in the face of clear words.

  177. 260

    Article 260

    Article (260) Words should be given effect to rather than ignored, but if it is impossible to give effect to words, they shall be ignored.

  178. 262

    Article 262

    Article (262) An unconditional provision shall be so construed unless there is evidence, whether textual or circumstantial, restricting it.

  179. 263

    Article 263

    Article (263) A description of that which is present is a superfluity, but a description of that which is absent shall have effect.

    -- 56 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 57

  180. 264

    Article 264

    Article (264) Known custom as between merchants shall have the effect of (express) conditions made between them.

  181. 265

    Article 265

    Article (265) (1) If the wording of a contract is clear, it may not be departed from by way of interpretation to ascertain the intention of the parties. (2) If there is scope for an interpretative construction of the contract, an enquiry shall be made into the mutual intentions of the parties beyond the literal meaning of the words, and guidance may be sought in so doing from the nature of the transaction, and the trust and confidence which should exist between the parties in accordance with the custom current in (such) dealings.

  182. 267

    Part 5: The dissolution of a contract

    Article 267

    Article (267) If the contract is valid and binding, it shall not be permissible for either of the contracting parties to resile from it, nor to vary or rescind it, save by mutual consent or an order of the court, or under a provision of the law.

  183. 268

    Part 5: The dissolution of a contract

    Article 268

    Article (268) The contracting parties may mutually revoke the contract by their mutual consent after it has been concluded.

    -- 57 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 58

  184. 270

    Part 5: The dissolution of a contract

    Article 270

    Article (270) Revocation shall be by offer and acceptance in the session (majlis), and by receiving (back the thing contracted for) on condition that the subject matter of the contract is in existence and in the possession of the contracting party at the time of the revocation, and if part of it has been lost the revocation shall be valid as to the remainder to the extent of the amount of the consideration attributable to it.

  185. 271

    Article 271

    Article (271) It shall be permissible to agree that a contract shall be regarded as being cancelled spontaneously (automatically) without the need for a judicial order failing performance of the obligations arising thereout, and such agreement shall not dispense with notice unless the contracting parties have expressly agreed that it should be dispensed with.

  186. 274

    Article 274

    Article (274) If the contract is cancelled automatically or by the act of the parties, the two contracting parties shall be restored to the position they were in before the contract was made, and if that is not possible, compensation shall be ordered.

  187. 275

    Article 275

    Article (275) If the contract is dissolved by reason of voidness or cancellation or through any other cause and each of the parties is obliged to return that which he has obtained, it shall be permissible for each of them to detain what he has received so long as the other party has not returned what he has received from the former, or provided security for such return. Part 2: Unilateral dispositions

  188. 276

    Part 2: Unilateral dispositions

    Article 276

    Article (276) It shall be permissible for a disposition to take place through the unilateral intention of the disponor without depending on the acceptance of the disponee unless a third party becomes obligated in any respect as laid down in the law, provided that there is no provision in the law to the contrary.

  189. 277

    Part 2: Unilateral dispositions

    Article 277

    Article (277) The provisions relating to contracts shall apply to unilateral acts with the exception of those provisions relating necessarily to the existence of a mutual corresponding intention to establish a contract, unless the law provides to the contrary.

    -- 59 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 60

  190. 278

    Part 2: Unilateral dispositions

    Article 278

    Article (278) If the elements and conditions of a unilateral disposition are satisfied, it shall not be permissible for the disponor to resile from it, unless the law provides to the contrary.

  191. 280

    Article 280

    Article (280) (1) A promise is something imposed by a person on himself in favour of another relating to the future, otherwise than by way of an obligation with regard to property, and it may be for a contract or to do an act. (2) A promise binds the maker unless he dies or becomes bankrupt.

  192. 282

    Chapter Three: Acts causing harm

    Article 282

    Article (282) Any harm done to another shall render the actor, even though not a person of discretion, liable to make good the harm.

  193. 283

    Chapter Three: Acts causing harm

    Article 283

    Article (283) (1) Harm may be direct or consequential. (2) If the harm is direct, it must unconditionally be made good, and if it is consequential there must be a wrongful or deliberate element and the act must have led to the damage.

  194. 284

    Chapter Three: Acts causing harm

    Article 284

    Article (284) If the harm is both direct and consequential, the rules relating to direct harm shall apply.

  195. 285

    Chapter Three: Acts causing harm

    Article 285

    Article (285) If a person deceives another he shall be liable to make good the harm resulting from that deception.

  196. 286

    Chapter Three: Acts causing harm

    Article 286

    Article (286) No person who has been caused loss in his property by another may cause that other loss in his property, otherwise each shall be bound to make good the loss he has caused to the other.

  197. 287

    Article 287

    Article (287) If a person proves that the loss arose out of an extraneous cause in which he played no part such as a natural disaster, unavoidable accident, force majeure, act of a third party, or act of the person suffering loss, he shall not be bound to make it good in the absence of a legal provision or agreement to the contrary.

    -- 61 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 62

  198. 288

    Article 288

    Article (288) Any person who causes damage in the course of lawful defence of himself, his honour, or his property, or the defence of the person, honour or property of another, shall not be responsible for such damage provided that he has done no more than was necessary, otherwise he shall be bound to make good the excess.

  199. 290

    Article 290

    Article (290) It shall be permissible for the judge to reduce the level by which an act has to be made good or to order that it need not be made good if the person suffering harm participated by his own act in bringing about or aggravating the damage.

  200. 292

    Article 292

    Article (292) In all cases the compensation shall be assessed on the basis of the amount of harm suffered by the victim, together with loss of profit, provided that that is a natural result of the harmful act.

  201. 293

    Article 293

    Article (293) (1) The right to have damage made good shall include moral damage, and an infringement of the liberty, dignity, honour, reputation, social standing or financial condition of another shall be regarded as being moral damage. (2) It shall be permissible for an order to be made by way of compensation for moral damage caused to a spouse, or relatives of the family, by reason of the death of the victim. (3) The right to receive compensation for moral damage may not be transferred to a third party unless the amount of it has been fixed by agreement or by a final judicial order.

  202. 294

    Article 294

    Article (294) The compensation may be made payable by instalments or by of a regular income, and in those events the obligor may be ordered to provide a guarantee assessed by the judge, or acceptable security.

  203. 295

    Article 295

    Article (295) The compensation shall be assessed in money, but provided that the judge may, according to the circumstances and upon the application of the victim, order that the plaintiff be restored to his former position, and he may also order that a specific act connected with the harmful act be performed by way of making good.

  204. 296

    Article 296

    Article (296) Any condition purporting to provide exemption from liability for a harmful act shall be void.

    -- 63 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 64

  205. 297

    Article 297

    Article (297) Civil liability shall be without prejudice to criminal liability provided that the elements of criminal liability are present, and no criminal penalty shall limit the scope of the civil liability or the assessment of the compensation.

  206. 299

    Part 2: Liability for personal acts

    Article 299

    Article (299) Compensation shall be payable for any harm caused to a person. Provided that in cases in which the diya (blood money) or arsh (shari'a damages for personal injury not resulting in death) are payable, they shall not be payable in addition to such compensation unless the parties agree to the contrary. 2- Damage to property

  207. 300

    Part 2: Liability for personal acts

    Article 300

    Article (300) Whoever destroys or damages property of another shall be obliged to make it good in kind if it can be so made good, and to pay the value thereof otherwise, subject to the general provisions relating to indemnification.

    -- 64 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 65

  208. 301

    Part 2: Liability for personal acts

    Article 301

    Article (301) If the damage is partial, the person causing it shall be bound to make good the decrease in value, and if the decrease in value is serious (gross) the owner of the property may elect between taking the equivalent of the decrease in value, or abandoning the damaged property and taking the (full) value thereof, subject to the general provisions relating to indemnification.

  209. 302

    Article 302

    Article (302) (1) If a person damages the property of another in the belief that if it is his own, he shall be bound to make good the loss. (2) If a person damages the property of another with the permission of the owner thereof, he shall not be bound to make good the loss.

  210. 303

    Article 303

    Article (303) If a minor, whether of discretion or not, or any person of similar status, damages the property of another, he shall be bound to make it good out of his own property. 3- Expropriation and trespass to goods

  211. 305

    Article 305

    Article (305) If a person damages misappropriated goods in the hands of the misappropriator, the person from whom the goods have been misappropriated shall have an election whether to make the misappropriator liable, and the latter may have recourse against the person who caused the damage, or he may, if he wishes, impose the liability on the person causing the damage, in which case the person causing the damage will not have any recourse against the misappropriator.

  212. 306

    Article 306

    Article (306) If the misappropriator disposes of the goods misappropriated by way of commutative contract or by way of gift and the goods misappropriated are lost in whole or in part in the hands of the person to whom the misappropriator made the disposition, the person from whom the goods have been misappropriated may elect to make either of them liable, and if he elects to make the misappropriator liable his disposition shall be valid, and if he elects to make the person to whom the misappropriator has made the disposition liable, such person shall have a right of recourse against the misappropriator in accordance with the provisions of the law.

  213. 308

    Article 308

    Article (308) The judge may in all cases order the misappropriator to pay such compensation as he thinks appropriate if in his opinion that course is justified.

  214. 309

    Article 309

    Article (309) If a person has goods in his possession by way of trust and he is guilty of a default in preserving them, or is guilty of a wrong-doing in respect of them or refuses to return them to the owner without right, or if he wrongfully asserts that they are his own, or if he dies and it is not known where the goods are, he shall be liable to return similar goods or the value thereof as the case may be.

  215. 310

    Article 310

    Article (310) Whoever steals goods or seizes them by violence or takes goods must return them to their owner if they are still in existence, or must return similar goods or the value thereof if the goods are no longer available, notwithstanding that a criminal penalty may have been imposed upon him.

  216. 312

    Article 312

    Article (312) Any act of the same nature as misapprop riation shall be treated as misappropriation. Part 3: Liability for the acts of others

  217. 314

    Part 4: Liability for animals and objects, and use of public roads

    Article 314

    Article (314) Acts done by animals shall be regarded as inevitable, but that which they do shall be made good by the person having control of the animals, whether he is the owner or not, if he has been in default or guilty of a wrongdoing. 2- Collapse of buildings

  218. 315

    Part 4: Liability for animals and objects, and use of public roads

    Article 315

    Article (315) (1) Harm done to a third party by reason of the collapse of a building whether in whole or in part shall be made good by the owner of the building or the person having control over it unless it is proved that he was not guilty of any wrongdoing or default. (2) Any person who is threatened with harm which may befall him from a building may require the owner to take the necessary measures to avert the risk, and if the owner does not take such measures, the judge may permit him to take those measures at the expense of the owner. 3- Things and equipment

  219. 316

    part shall be made good by the owner of the building or the person having control over it: be made good by the owner of the building or the person having control over it

    Article 316

    Article (316) Any person who has things under his control which require special care in order to prevent their causing damage, or mechanical equipment, shall be liable for any harm done by such things or equipment, save to the extent that damage could not have been averted. The above is without prejudice to any special provisions laid down in this regard.

    -- 69 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 70 4- Use of public roads

  220. 317

    Article 317

    Article (317) The use of a public right is restricted (so far as is necessary to ensure) the safety of others, and any person who uses his public right and causes harm to another person which could have been avoided, shall be liable for the same. Chapter Four: Acts conferring a benefit Part 1: Unjust enrichment

  221. 318

    Chapter Four: Acts conferring a benefit

    Article 318

    Article (318) No person may take the property of another without lawful cause, and if he takes it he must return it.

  222. 321

    Part 2: Unjustified expropriation

    Article 321

    Article (321) A recovery of property handed over without entitlement may be made if payment was made in satisfaction of a debt for which the cause had not materialised, or for a debt of which the cause has ceased to exist after it had materialised.

  223. 322

    Part 2: Unjustified expropriation

    Article 322

    Article (322) It shall be proper to recover money paid in satisfaction of a debt which has not matured, and in respect of which the payer was ignorant of the due date for payment.

  224. 323

    Article 323

    Article (323) If payment is obtained from a person other than the obligor and the result of that is that the obligee acting in good faith has been deprived of an instrument proving the debt or any security attaching thereto or if he has foreborne to make a claim against the true obligor within the time limit laid down, he does not have to return what he has taken, but the person who has paid may have a recourse against the true obligor for the obligation and render him a guarantor thereof if appropriate.

  225. 324

    Article 324

    Article (324) Whoever takes a thing without a claim of right must return it to its owner together with any profits or yield it has produced, and the judge may compensate the owner of the right for any shortfall in the return of the yield on the part of the person who had taken the goods. Part 3: Voluntary agency

  226. 325

    Part 3: Voluntary agency

    Article 325

    Article (325) Whoever performs an act beneficial to a third party otherwise than upon the latter's instructions, but by leave of a judge, or under compelling necessity, or by the dictate of custom, shall be deemed to be acting on his behalf, and the following provisions shall apply to such person.

    -- 71 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 72

  227. 326

    Part 3: Voluntary agency

    Article 326

    Article (326) The rules of agency shall apply if the principal ratifies the act of the voluntary agent.

  228. 327

    Part 3: Voluntary agency

    Article 327

    Article (327) A voluntary agent must continue the work which he has commenced until the principal is able to undertake it himself, and he must also inform the principal of his intervention as soon as he is able.

  229. 328

    Part 3: Voluntary agency

    Article 328

    Article (328) A voluntary agent is liable for any losses sustained by the principal, and the judge may limit (also: determine) the extent of the liability if the circumstances justify that course.

  230. 329

    Article 329

    Article (329) If a voluntary agent delegates the whole or part of the work to another person, he shall be liable for the acts of his deputy, without prejudice to any direct recourse which the principal may have against such deputy.

  231. 330

    Article 330

    Article (330) A voluntary agent shall have the same obligations as a (duly constituted) agent in restoring that which he has obtained by reason of the voluntary agency, and in giving an account of what he has done.

  232. 332

    Article 332

    Article (332) (1) If a voluntary agent dies, his heirs shall be under the same obligations as the heirs of a (duly constituted) agent upon the termination of the agency by the death of such agent. (2) If the principal dies, the voluntary agent shall remain under the same duties towards his heirs as he was towards the principal. Part 4: Discharging the debt of another

  233. 333

    Part 4: Discharging the debt of another

    Article 333

    Article (333) If a person discharges the obligations of a third party upon his directions, he shall have a right of recourse against the person so directing him for what he has performed on his behalf, and he shall take the place of the original obligee in his right to claim against the obligor, whether or not such right of recourse was (expressly) agreed.

  234. 335

    Article 335

    Article (335) If a pledgor discharges the debt of a third party in order to release his property pledged by way of security for such debt, he shall have a right of recourse against the debtor for the money he has paid.

    -- 73 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 74 Part 5: Mutual provisions

  235. 336

    Part 5: Mutual provisions

    Article 336

    Article (336) No claims arising out of a beneficial act shall be heard after the expiration of three years from the day on which the obligee became aware of his right of recourse, and in no case shall claims be heard after the expiration of fifteen years from the day on which the right of recourse arose. Chapter Five: The Law

  236. 337

    Part 5: Mutual provisions

    Article 337

    Article (337) Rights arising directly and exclusively out of the law shall be governed by the legal provisions out of which they arose. Section 2: The effects of a right Chapter One: General provisions

  237. 338

    Part 5: Mutual provisions

    Article 338

    Article (338) A right must be satisfied when the legal conditions rendering it due for performance exist, and if an obligor fails to perform an obligation, he shall be compelled to do so either by way of specific performance or by way of compensation in accordance with the provisions of the law.

  238. 339

    Chapter Five: The Law

    Article 339

    Article (339) (1) Performance shall be voluntary if it takes place by satisfaction or the equivalent. (2) Performance shall be compulsory if it takes place by (an order for) specific performance or by way of compensation.

  239. 340

    Chapter Five: The Law

    Article 340

    Article (340) If a right loses the protection of the law for any reason, there shall be no compulsory performance, and the obligation shall become a non-enforceable obligation of the obligor.

    -- 74 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 75

  240. 341

    Article 341

    Article (341) If an obligor discharges a non-enforceable obligation, such discharge shall be valid, and shall not be deemed to be a discharge of what he was not obliged to perform. Chapter Two: Means of enforcement Part 1: Voluntary execution 1- Satisfaction a- The parties to the satisfaction

  241. 342

    Chapter Two: Means of enforcement

    Article 342

    Article (342) (1) Discharge shall be good if performed by the obligor or his representative or by any other person having an interest in the discharge. (2) Discharge shall also be good if performed by a person not having an interest in the discharge upon the directions of the obligor or otherwise and provided that the obligee shall have the right to refuse the discharge by a third party if the obligor objects thereto and notifies the obligee of his objection.

  242. 345

    Article 345

    Article (345) Discharge may be performed to the obligee or his representative, and any person who gives a receipt issued by the obligee shall be regarded as a proper recipient of the discharge unless it is agreed that the discharge shall be performed towards the obligee in person.

  243. 346

    Article 346

    Article (346) If an obligee is not a person of full capacity, an obligor shall not be released save by discharging the obligation towards his guardian, and if discharge is effected to the obligee and that whereby discharge was made is destroyed or lost in his hands, the guardian may make a claim against the obligor for satisfaction. c- Rejection of discharge

  244. 347

    Article 347

    Article (347) If an obligee rejects without justification a discharge validly offered to him in circumstances when he should accept it, or if he refuses to perform an act without which the discharge may not be effected, or if he states that he will not accept the discharge, the obligor shall give him notice specifying a reasonable period to perform what he is obliged to do to obtain satisfaction of his right.

    -- 76 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 77

  245. 348

    Article 348

    Article (348) The result of the giving of such notice by the obligor shall be that the thing which was the subject matter of the obligation shall come under the responsibility of the obligee if it had previously been under the responsibility of the obligor, and the obligor shall have the right to put it into safe keeping at the expense of the obligee, under the responsibility of the latter for any harm that may be sustained by it.

  246. 349

    Article 349

    Article (349) If the subject matter of the discharge is a specific thing, and the obligation is to deliver it at the place in which it is, the obligor may, after giving notice to the obligee to take delivery of it, obtain the leave of the judge to put it into safe keeping, and if such thing is real property or deemed to be so by affixation in the place where it is, the obligor may apply that it be placed under guard.

  247. 350

    Article 350

    Article (350) If the subject matter of the discharge is a perishable thing or if it requires the incurring of substantial expense to keep it safe or under guard, the obligor may, after obtaining the leave of the judge, or without such leave in compelling circumstances, sell it at its customary market value, or, if that is impossible, by public auction, and shall lodge the proceeds in place of putting the thing itself in safe keeping.

  248. 351

    Article 351

    Article (351) The placing in safe keeping or the act performed in its stead shall also be permissible if the obligor is unaware of the identity or place of residence of the obligee or if the obligor is under a restriction and does not have a representative who can accept discharge on his behalf, or if the obligation is the subject of a dispute among several persons, or if there are other serious reasons justifying that course.

    -- 77 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 78

  249. 352

    Article 352

    Article (352) A valid offer shall, with regard to the obligor, take the place of discharge if it is followed by a deposit satisfying the legal requirements, or by any similar procedure, if accepted by the obligee or if a final judgment is made to the effect that it is valid.

  250. 355

    Article 355

    Article (355) (1) The obligor may not compel the obligee to accept partial performance of the obligation unless there is an agreement or a provision of law permitting that. (2) If, there is a dispute as to part of the obligation and the obligee agrees to accept performance of the agreed part, the obligor may not refuse performance of such part.

    -- 78 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 79

  251. 356

    Article 356

    Article (356) If the obligee is bound to discharge any expenses together with the obligation, and his performance does not cover the obligation as well as those expenses, what he has performed shall be deducted firstly from those expenses and then from the principal obligation, unless a contrary agreement is made.

  252. 357

    Article 357

    Article (357) If an obligor is bound by several obligations of the same kind towards the same obligee, and the performance made by the obligor does not satisfy all of those obligations, the obligee may, upon performance, specify the particular obligation which he wishes to be (regarded as) performed, unless there is any legal or contractual bar preventing such a course.

  253. 359

    Article 359

    Article (359) (1) An obligation must be discharged as soon as it becomes final and binding as against the obligor, in the absence of an agreement or provision of law to the contrary. (2) Provided that a judge may, in exceptional circumstances and if not prevented by any provision in the law, grant a reasonable period or periods to the obligor for the performance of his obligations if his circumstances so warrant, and provided that such granting of time does not cause serious loss to the obligee.

    -- 79 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 80

  254. 360

    Article 360

    Article (360) (1) If an obligation is deferred, the obligor may discharge it prior to its falling due if the deferment is to his advantage, and the obligee must accept. (2) If an obligor discharges an obligation before it falls due, and a third party right arises over that whereby discharge is performed, the obligation shall again become deferred as before.

  255. 361

    Article 361

    Article (361) (1) If the subject matter of the obligation is one for specific performance, it must be delivered at the place where it is at the time the obligation arose, unless there is an agreement or provisions of law to the contrary. (2) In the case of other obligations performance shall be at the place where the obligor has his residence at the time of discharge or at the place where he carries on business, if the obligation relates to his business.

  256. 363

    Article 363

    Article (363) The costs of discharge shall be borne by the obligee unless there is an agreement or a provision of law to the contrary.

  257. 365

    Article 365

    Article (365) An obligee may, in satisfaction of his right, accept another thing or another act performed by the obligor, and the agreement to the substitution shall be subject to the general provisions governing contracts as laid down in this Law.

  258. 366

    Article 366

    Article (366) (1) Substituted performance governed by the provisions relating to sale if that which is given in performance is a specific thing in place of discharge of the (original) obligation. (2) The provisions governing performance in the termination of an obligation shall apply thereto.

  259. 367

    Article 367

    Article (367) The original obligation, together with any securities pertaining thereto, shall be extinguished by the substituted performance, and the rights of the obligee shall be transferred to the substitute. b- Set-off

  260. 368

    Article 368

    Article (368) Set-off is the satisfaction of an obligation of the obligee by an obligation to be performed by the obligor.

    -- 81 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 82

  261. 369

    Article 369

    Article (369) Set-off may either be mandatory, occurring by operation of law, or voluntary, occurring by agreement between the parties, or judicial, occurring by order of the court.

  262. 370

    Article 370

    Article (370) In the case of mandatory set-off, each of the parties must be both the obligor and the obligee of the other, and the obligations must be of the same type and description, must be equally due and of equal strength or weakness, and the making of the set-off must not be prejudicial to the rights of third parties, whether the cause of the arising of the obligations is the same or different.

  263. 371

    Article 371

    Article (371) A set-off may be made by agreement if any of the conditions for a mandatory set-off is not satisfied.

  264. 372

    Article 372

    Article (372) A judicial set-off takes place by order of a judge if the conditions thereof are satisfied, either upon an original application or upon an objection.

  265. 374

    Article 374

    Article (374) If an obligee loses property of the obligor, of the same kind as the subject matter of the obligation, such property shall fall into the set-off, and if it is not of the same kind, it shall not fall into the set-off save with the agreement of the parties.

    -- 82 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 83

  266. 376

    Article 376

    Article (376) If the obligation is one for which a claim has become time-barred by the time the set-off is claimed, that fact shall not operate to prevent a set-off provided that the period causing the claim to be time barred had not already expired by the time the set-off first became possible.

  267. 377

    Article 377

    Article (377) If an obligor discharges an obligation of his and has a right to claim a set-off for a right due to him, he may not rely on the guarantees of that right to the detriment of third parties unless he was unaware of the existence (or a right of set-off), and has a reasonable excuse for such ignorance. c- The merger of capacities

  268. 378

    Article 378

    Article (378) (1) If the same person acquired the status of both obligor and obligee with regard to a single obligation, the obligation shall become extinguished to the extent to which the two statuses have merged. (2) Obligations shall not merge if the obligor is the heir of the obligee and he joins with the other obligors in obtaining satisfaction of the obligation out of the estate.

  269. 379

    Article 379

    Article (379) If the cause of the merging of the two statuses ceases retrospectively, the obligation shall revert to its former position.

    -- 83 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 84 Part 2: Compulsory enforcement 1- Specific Performance

  270. 380

    Part 2: Compulsory enforcement

    Article 380

    Article (380) (1) An obligor shall, after being given notice, be compelled to discharge his obligation by way of specific performance, if that is possible. (2) Provided that if specific performance would be oppressive for the obligor, the judge may, upon the application of the obligor, restrict the right of the obligee to a monetary substitute unless that would cause him serious loss.

  271. 382

    Article 382

    Article (382) The judgment of the court shall take the place of performance if the subject matter of the right is an act, and the nature of the case so allows.

  272. 384

    Article 384

    Article (384) If the subject matter of the right is the refraining from an act, and the obligor is in breach of that obligation, the obligee may require that the effects of such breach be removed, or apply to a judge for leave to remove such effects at the expense of the obligor.

  273. 386

    Article 386

    Article (386) If it is impossible for an obligor to give specific performance of an obligation, he shall be ordered to pay compensation for non-performance of his obligation, unless it is proved that the impossibility of performance arose out of an external cause in which (the obligor) played no part. The same shall apply in the event that the obligor defaults in the performance of his obligation.

  274. 387

    Article 387

    Article (387) Compensation shall not be due until after the obligor has been put on notice, unless there is a contrary provision in the law or in the contract.

  275. 390

    Article 390

    Article (390) (1) The contracting parties may fix the amount of compensation in advance by making a provision therefor in the contract or in a subsequent agreement, subject to the provisions of the law. (2) The judge may in all cases, upon the application of either of the parties, vary such agreement so as to make the compensation equal to the loss, and any agreement to the contrary shall be void. Part 3: Lawful means to safeguard performance 1- Security of the assets of the debtor for performance

  276. 391

    Part 3: Lawful means to safeguard performance

    Article 391

    Article (391) (1) All of the property of the obligor stands as security for the performance of his obligations. (2) All creditors stand pari passu in respect of such security, without prejudice to any provisions of the law to the contrary. 2- Indirect claims

  277. 392

    Part 3: Lawful means to safeguard performance

    Article 392

    Article (392) (1) Every obligee, notwithstanding that his right may not be due for discharge, may exercise, in the name of his obligor, all of the rights of that obligor, save those that relate particularly to his person or which are not capable of being attached. (2) The exercise by the obligee of the rights of his obligor shall not be permitted unless it is established that the obligor has not exercised those rights and that his failure so to do is such

    -- 86 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 87 as may lead to or aggravate his bankruptcy, and the obligor must be brought into the claim.

  278. 393

    Article 393

    Article (393) The obligee shall be regarded as acting on behalf of his obligor in exercising his rights, and any benefit arising out of the exercise of those rights shall be brought into the obligor's property and shall stand as security for all his creditors. 3- Sham arrangements

  279. 394

    Article 394

    Article (394) (1) If a sham contract is made, the obligees of the contracting parties, and special successors, may, if they are acting in good faith, rely on the sham contract and also rely on the hidden contract, and prove by all means the sham nature of the contract by which they are prejudiced. (2) If there is a conflict of interest between the parties concerned and some of them rely on the apparent contract and others on the hidden contract, the former shall take precedence.

  280. 395

    Article 395

    Article (395) If the contracting parties conceal a true contract with an apparent contract, the true contract will be the effective one as between the contracting parties and a special successor. 4- Claims against a debtor not to make dispositions detrimental to the creditor

  281. 396

    Article 396

    Article (396) If obligations, whether due or deferred, exceed or are equal to the assets of the obligor, then he may not make any gift he is not bound to make or which custom does not dictate that he must, and an obligee may ask for an order declaring that such disposition is ineffective as against him.

  282. 398

    Article 398

    Article (398) If an obligee alleges that the property of the obligor does not exceed the amount of the debt, he need only prove the amount of the obligations to him, and the obligor himself must prove that he has assets exceeding the amount of the obligations.

  283. 399

    Article 399

    Article (399) If an order is made declaring that the disposition is ineffective, the obligees prejudiced by such disposition shall have the benefit of that order.

  284. 400

    Article 400

    Article (400) (1) No claim for a declaration that a disposition is ineffective shall be heard after the expiration of three years from the day on which the obligee learned of the cause rendering the disposition ineffective. (2) In no circumstances shall such claims be heard after the expiration of fifteen years from the time the disposition was made. 5- Restrictions on bankrupt obligors

  285. 401

    Article 401

    Article (401) A restriction may be placed on a obligor if his obligations due exceed his assets.

  286. 402

    Article 402

    Article (402) (1) The restriction shall be by way of an order made by a judge within whose jurisdiction the

    -- 88 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 89 residence of the obligor is situated upon an application made by the obligor or any of the obligees, and the application shall be heard promptly. (2) Any obligee may, under the restriction order, obtain an order from the competent judge attaching all of the property of the obligor save such as may not be attached. The attachment shall remain in effect over the property of the obligor for the benefit of the obligees until the restriction is terminated.

  287. 403

    Article 403

    Article (403) The judge must in each case before imposing a restriction on the obligor have regard in exercising his discretion to all of the circumstances surrounding the obligor, the extent to which he was responsible for the circumstances which led to the restriction order being ought, the lawful interests of his obligors, and any other circumstances which may affect his financial condition.

  288. 404

    Article 404

    Article (404) (1) The Clerk of the Court must, on the day on which the application for a restriction is lodged, register the contents of the claim in a special register arranged in order of the names of the obligors over whom a restriction is applied for, and he must make a note in the margin of the said register of the order made in the claim, and of any order made confirming or reversing it, on the same day that any such order is made. (2) The Court Clerk must also send to the office of the Ministry of Justice a copy of these registrations and endorsements for registration on the general register to be kept in accordance with a regulation to be issued by the Minister.

  289. 404

    Article 404

    Article 404, and he must send a copy thereof to the office of the Ministry of Justice for endorsement thereof also.

  290. 407

    Article 407

    Article (407) If a restriction is imposed on an obligor, the president of the court having jurisdiction in the restriction may make an order in favour of the obligor on a petition lodged by him for expenses to be paid to him out of his assets, and an objection may be made against such order made on the petition within three days from the date of issue thereof if the objection is on the part of the obligor, or from the date that the creditors are notified of the order, if the objection is from them.

  291. 408

    Article 408

    Article (408) The property of an obligor under a restriction shall be sold and divided among the creditors by way of pro rata sharing in accordance with the procedures laid down by law, and he shall be left such money as he needs to maintain himself and other persons whom he has an obligation to maintain.

  292. 410

    Article 410

    Article (410) (1) The restriction shall terminate by the order of the judge having jurisdiction in the place where the obligor has his residence upon the application of any interested party in the following circumstances:‑ (a) if the property subject to a restriction is divided among, the creditors; (b) if it is established that the obligations of the obligor do not exceed his assets; or (c) if the obligor satisfies his obligations which have fallen due without the restriction having any effect upon the date of their falling due, and in that event the maturity date of the obligations which had fallen due by reason of the restriction shall again become as they were before, but provided that the obligor has discharged all the instalments that have fallen due. (2) The clerk of the court shall of his own motion make an endorsement of the order terminating the restriction on the day it is made in the margin of the register provided for in

  293. 411

    Article 411

    Article (411) A restriction order shall terminate by operation of law after the expiration of five years from the date of the registration of the order in that behalf.

  294. 412

    Article 412

    Article (412) An obligor may, after the termination of the restriction, require the return of debts which became due and payable by reason of the restriction and for which the original maturity date has not yet come, on condition that he has discharged his obligations which have fallen due without the restriction having had any effect on their falling due.

    -- 91 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 92

  295. 413

    Article 413

    Article (413) The termination of the restriction shall not prevent the obligees from challenging the dispositions of the obligor or from exercising their rights under Articles 392 and 394-400. 6- Rights of retention

  296. 414

    Article 414

    Article (414) Any person who is obliged to perform a thing may refrain from so doing so long as the obligor has not discharged an obligation of his arising by reason of an obligation of the obligee and connected with it.

  297. 415

    Article 415

    Article (415) Each of the contracting parties in a commutative contract generally involving property may retain the thing contracted for while it is in his possession until he receives the consideration due.

  298. 416

    Article 416

    Article (416) Any person who has incurred necessary or beneficial expense on property of another in his possession may refuse to return such property until he recovers what is due to him at law, in the absence of an agreement or provision of law to the contrary.

  299. 418

    Article 418

    Article (418) Any person who retains a thing in the exercise of his right of retention thereof has a prior right over other competing creditors for the satisfaction of his rights thereout.

  300. 420

    Chapter Three: Dispositions conditional by suspension or deferment

    Article 420

    Article (420) A Condition is a future matter upon the existence or absence of which the full effectiveness (of a disposition) depends.

  301. 421

    Chapter Three: Dispositions conditional by suspension or deferment

    Article 421

    Article (421) A perfected disposition is one which has been absolutely concluded, is not subject to a Condition or deferred to a future time, and is of full effect immediately.

  302. 422

    Chapter Three: Dispositions conditional by suspension or deferment

    Article 422

    Article (422) A conditional (lit: suspended) disposition is one which is dependent on a not yet existing Condition or on a future event, and whose effect is suspended until such Condition is satisfied.

    -- 93 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 94

  303. 423

    Chapter Three: Dispositions conditional by suspension or deferment

    Article 423

    Article (423) In order for the suspension to be valid, the Condition must be an event which has not taken place, but which could take place and is not impossible.

  304. 425

    Article 425

    Article (425) A disposition dependent upon a Condition not incompatible with the contract shall be ineffective, unless the Condition materialises.

  305. 427

    Article 427

    Article (427) (A disposition) dependent upon a Condition shall be affirmed upon its being established that the Condition has materialised.

  306. 428

    Article 428

    Article (428) A Condition must be observed as far as is possible. Part 2: Deferment

  307. 430

    Part 2: Deferment

    Article 430

    Article (430) If it appears from the disposition that the obligor is not to perform unless it is possible or convenient for him to do so, the judge shall determine the time for performance having regard to the present and future resources of the obligor, and shall require of himthat he exercise due diligence in the performance of his obligations.

  308. 431

    Part 2: Deferment

    Article 431

    Article (431) The right of an obligor to defer shall lapse in the following circumstances:‑ (1) if a bankruptcy or restriction order is made against him; (2) if he does not provide the agreed securities for performance; or (3) if the securities in rem for the obligation become defective by his act or through a cause in which he has played no part, unless he takes steps to supplement them.

  309. 432

    Article 432

    Article (432) If the deferment is for the benefit of either one of the parties, such party may waive it unilaterally.

  310. 433

    Article 433

    Article (433) A deferred obligation shall not mature upon the death of the obligor, but shall mature on the death of the obligee unless guaranteed by a security in rem. Chapter Four: Multiplicity of objects of the contract Part 1: The grant of an option as to the thing to be performed

  311. 435

    Chapter Four: Multiplicity of objects of the contract

    Article 435

    Article (435) (1) A disposition is substitutive if the subject matter thereof is one thing, but the obligation of the obligee is discharged upon the performance of another thing in substitution thereof. (2) It is the original (subject matter) alone and not the substitute which is the subject matter of the obligation, and that which determines the nature thereof. Chapter Five: Multiplicity of parties to a disposition Part 1: Joint obligees

  312. 436

    Part 2: Substitution of the thing to be performed

    Article 436

    Article (436) Obligees shall not be regarded as being joint save by agreement or by law.

  313. 437

    Part 2: Substitution of the thing to be performed

    Article 437

    Article (437) An obligor may discharge his obligation to any of the joint obligees unless any one of them gives him notice that discharge may not be made to him.

  314. 438

    Part 2: Substitution of the thing to be performed

    Article 438

    Article (438) If the liability of an obligor is discharged towards one of the joint obligees for a reason other than performance, he shall not be released as against the other obligees save to the extent of the share of such obligee.

  315. 439

    Chapter Five: Multiplicity of parties to a disposition

    Article 439

    Article (439) (1) Joint obligees may claim jointly or severally against the obligor for the performance of the obligation. (2) An obligor may not object to the obligation as towards any one joint obligee on grounds particular to another obligee, but he may object on grounds that are particular to that obligee and also on grounds common to all of the obligees.

    -- 96 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 97

  316. 440

    Article 440

    Article (440) Any part of an obligation discharged towards joint obligees shall be deemed to have been discharged as towards all of them equally, unless there is a provision of law or an agreement to the contrary. Part 2: Joint obligations

  317. 441

    Part 2: Joint obligations

    Article 441

    Article (441) An obligation shall be joint if it has the same subject matter, is an obligation due from a family by way of inheritance to a number of heirs, is joint consumed property, or is consideration for a loan raised from property owned in common.

  318. 442

    Part 2: Joint obligations

    Article 442

    Article (442) All co-obligees in a joint obligation shall have the right to claim their share therein, and anything received by one of them shall be the joint property of the co-obligees, to each according to his proportion.

  319. 444

    Article 444

    Article (444) (1) If one of the co-obligees receives his share of the discharge of a joint obligation and then disposes of it or consumes it, the other co-obligees may have recourse against him for their shares therein.

    -- 97 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 98 (2) If it is lost in his hands with no fault on his part, he shall not be liable for the shares of his co-obligees therein, but he shall be regarded as having received his share, and the balance of the obligation against the obligor shall belong to the other co-obligees.

  320. 445

    Article 445

    Article (445) If one of the co-obligees in an obligation obtains a guarantor for his share in the joint obligation or if the obligor assigns the obligation to another, the co-obligees may share with him in their shares in the amount which he receives from the guarantor or the assignee.

  321. 446

    Article 446

    Article (446) If one of the co-obligees purchases property from the obligor for his share in the debt, the other co-obligees may require him to guarantee any loss in value suffered by their shares up to the value of the thing purchased, or they may have recourse against the obligor for their shares, and they may share with him what he has purchased if they so agree.

  322. 447

    Article 447

    Article (447) Any of the co-obligees may give his share to the obligor or may discharge him therefrom, and he shall not be required to guarantee the shares of his co-obligees for what he has given or released.

  323. 449

    Article 449

    Article (449) (1) None of the co-obligees in a joint obligation may defer it on his own without the consent of the remaining obligees to such deferment. (2) He may defer his share therein without the consent of the others, and in that event he may not participate with them in such part of the debt as they receive. Part 3: Joint liability between obligors

  324. 450

    Part 3: Joint liability between obligors

    Article 450

    Article (450) There shall be no joint liability as between obligors save by agreement or by a provision in the law.

  325. 451

    Part 3: Joint liability between obligors

    Article 451

    Article (451) If one of the jointly liable obligors satisfies the obligation in full, the others shall be discharged.

  326. 452

    Part 3: Joint liability between obligors

    Article 452

    Article (452) (1) An obligee may claim against all or any of the jointly liable obligors, subject to the type of relationship he has with each obligor which may affect the obligation. (2) Any obligor may object upon a claim being against him on any grounds of objection particular to him, or common to all of the obligors alone.

  327. 453

    Part 3: Joint liability between obligors

    Article 453

    Article (453) If an obligee agrees with one of the jointly liable obligors to substituted discharge, the others shall be released unless he reserves his rights as against them all.

  328. 455

    Article 455

    Article (455) If an obligee does not agree to discharge the remainder of the jointly liable obligors from the obligation, he may not make a claim against them for anything other than the balance after deducting the share of the obligor whom he has discharged, unless he has reserved his right to have recourse against them for the whole obligation, and in that event they shall have a right of recourse against the other obligor for his share therein.

  329. 456

    Article 456

    Article (456) If an obligee discharges one of the jointly liable obligors from the joint liability, he shall retain his right to have recourse against the others for the whole of the obligation unless a contrary agreement has been made.

  330. 457

    Article 457

    Article (457) If an obligee discharges one of the jointly liable obligors from the obligation or from the joint liability, the remainder of the obligors may have recourse against that obligor for his contribution in the share of any of them who is bankrupt, unless the obligee has discharged him from all liability for the obligation, and the obligee shall then be responsible for the proportion of such obligor in the share of the bankrupt.

  331. 458

    Article 458

    Article (458) (1) If a claim against one of jointly liable obligors has become barred by effluxion of time, that fact shall not assist the remaining obligors save to the extent of the share of that obligor. (2) If time is interrupted or ceases to run with regard to one of the jointly liable obligors, the obligee may not rely on that fact as against the others.

  332. 460

    Article 460

    Article (460) A composition made by one of the joint liable obligors with the obligee shall not be effective if it creates a new liability as against them or if it increases their liability, unless they accept it and benefit from the composition if it involves a discharge from the obligation or a release from liability therefor in any other way.

  333. 461

    Article 461

    Article (461) An admission of an obligation made by a jointly liable obligor shall be of no effect as against the others, nor shall the other jointly liable obligors be prejudiced if the obligee demands the oath from the obligor and he refuses or if the obligor demands the oath from the obligee and he takes it, but if the obligee demands the oath from the obligor and he takes it, the other obligors shall have the benefit thereof.

  334. 462

    Article 462

    Article (462) If a judgment is made against one of the jointly liable obligors, that shall be of no effect as against the remainder, but they shall benefit by it if the judgment is in his favour, unless it is based on a reason particular to him.

  335. 463

    Article 463

    Article (463) Any jointly liable obligor who has satisfied the obligation shall have a right of recourse against any of the others up to the amount of that other's share, and if one of them is bankrupt he shall bear the consequences of that bankruptcy with the jointly liable obligors who are solvent, without prejudice to their right of recourse against the bankrupt if he becomes solvent again.

    -- 101 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 102

  336. 465

    Part 4: Indivisibility of dispositions

    Article 465

    Article (465) A disposition shall be indivisible if the nature of the subject matter precludes divisibility or if it appears from the intention of the contracting parties that it should not be permitted.

  337. 467

    Part 4: Indivisibility of dispositions

    Article 467

    Article (467) (1) If there are several obligees in an indivisible disposition, each of them shall be liable for the whole obligation. (2) A person who has satisfied a right shall have a right of recourse against each of the others up to the amount of his share.

    -- 102 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 103 Chapter Six: Extinguishment of rights Part 1: Discharge

  338. 468

    Chapter Six: Extinguishment of rights

    Article 468

    Article (468) If the obligor discharges his obligee voluntarily of a right due to him, the right shall be extinguished.

  339. 470

    Chapter Six: Extinguishment of rights

    Article 470

    Article (470) Discharge may only be in respect of an existing obligation, not a future obligation.

  340. 472

    Chapter Six: Extinguishment of rights

    Article 472

    Article (472) The right shall expire if the obligor proves that the performance of it has become impossible for him for an extraneous cause in which he played no part. Part 3: Lapse of time barring a right

  341. 473

    Part 2: Impossibility of performance

    Article 473

    Article (473) A right shall not expire by the passage of time but no claim shall be heard if denied after the lapse of fifteen years without lawful excuse, but having regard to any special provisions

    -- 103 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 104 relating thereto.

  342. 474

    Part 2: Impossibility of performance

    Article 474

    Article (474) (1) No claim shall be heard in respect of any periodical renewing right, if denied, upon the lapse of five years, in the absence of lawful excuse. (2) With regard to yields accruing due by a person in possession acting in bad faith, the claim shall not be heard if denied upon the lapse of fifteen years, in the absence of a lawful excuse.

  343. 477

    Article 477

    Article (477) (1) Claims shall not be heard in the circumstances referred to in the foregoing article notwithstanding that the obligee may still be carrying out other work for the obligor.

    -- 104 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 105 (2) If there is a written acknowledgement or paper proving any of the rights set out in Article 474, 475 or 476, the claim shall not be heard upon the lapse of fifteen years from their becoming due.

  344. 478

    Article 478

    Article (478) The period laid down for the prescription of claims shall commence as from the day upon which the right falls due for exercise and from the time a condition is satisfied if the right is dependent upon a condition, and from the time the entitlement is proved in claims under a guarantee of an entitlement.

  345. 481

    Article 481

    Article (481) (1) The running of time for prescription shall be suspended if there is a lawful excuse whereby the claim for the right could not be made. (2) The period during which that excuse subsisted shall not be taken into account in the prescription period.

  346. 482

    Article 482

    Article (482) If certain heirs do not bring a claim relating to their inheritance (during) the period laid down for such claim, with no lawful excuse, and the other heirs have a lawful excuse, the

    -- 105 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 106 claim of those heirs shall be heard up to the amount of their shares.

  347. 483

    Article 483

    Article (483) An admission by an obligor of a right, whether express or by implication, shall interrupt the time laid down for prescription.

  348. 485

    Article 485

    Article (485) (1) If the period of prescription is interrupted, a new period equivalent to the first period shall commence. (2) No right of whatever kind shall lapse if adjudicated upon by a judge in such a manner as not to admit of challenge.

  349. 489

    Chapter One: Sale and Barter

    Article 489

    Article (489) A sale is the exchange of non-money property for money.

  350. 490

    Chapter One: Sale and Barter

    Article 490

    Article (490) (1) The property sold must be known to the purchaser sufficiently to avoid gross uncertainty. (2) The property sold must be known to the purchaser by its distinguishing characteristics and descriptions, and if the property is in his presence, an indication of it shall be sufficient.

  351. 491

    Chapter One: Sale and Barter

    Article 491

    Article (491) If the contract of sale states that the purchaser is sufficiently aware of the property sold, he shall not have the right to avoid the contract on the grounds of his lack of knowledge, unless he proves that the seller deceived him about it.

    -- 107 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 108

  352. 492

    Article 492

    Article (492) (1) If the sale is by sample, it shall be sufficient for that to be seen, and the property sold must conform to it. (2) If it appears that the property sold does not conform to the sample, the purchaser may elect to accept or reject it.

  353. 494

    Article 494

    Article (494) (1) It shall be permissible to make a sale subject to testing, with an agreement on a known period, and if the parties do not specify such period in the contract, a reasonable period shall apply. (2) The seller shall be obliged to give the buyer the opportunity to test.

  354. 495

    Article 495

    Article (495) (1) The purchaser may, within the testing period, either affirm or reject the sale, notwithstanding that the goods have not been tested, and in the event of rejection the seller must be notified. (2) If the testing period expires and the purchaser remains silent, he having had the

    -- 108 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 109 opportunity to test the goods, his silence shall be taken as an acceptance and the sale shall be binding.

  355. 496

    Article 496

    Article (496) If the object of the sale is destroyed in the hands of the purchaser after he has taken delivery of it, he shall be bound to pay to the seller the price specified, and if it is destroyed through a cause in which the purchaser played no part prior to delivery, such loss shall fall on the seller.

  356. 497

    Article 497

    Article (497) The provisions relating to sales shall apply to the goods sold as from the date of the sale, after testing and the purchaser consenting.

  357. 498

    Article 498

    Article (498) If the purchaser ceases to be of full capacity before he affirms the sale, the guardian or tutor or protector must elect what is in the purchaser's best interests, subject to the conditions and provisions laid down by law.

  358. 499

    Article 499

    Article (499) If the purchaser dies before he makes his election, and he has an obligee the extent of whose rights exceeds the deceased's assets, the right of approval shall be transferred to him, otherwise that right shall be transferred to his heirs, and if they agree to affirm or reject the same, what they agree on shall be binding, and if some affirm and some reject, the rejection shall be binding.

  359. 500

    Article 500

    Article (500) The purchaser may not use the goods sold during the testing period save to the extent required by the testing as generally recognised, and if a greater use is made of which the aim is not testing, then the sale shall be binding.

    -- 109 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 110

  360. 501

    Article 501

    Article (501) The provisions relating to sales subject to testing shall apply to sales subject to tasting, save that the right of election subject to tasting shall not devolve by inheritance, and the sale shall be conclusive.

  361. 503

    Article 503

    Article (503) "Price" means that which the parties have agreed in consideration of the sale, whether it is greater or less than the value, and "value" means the (true) value of the goods, neither more nor less.

  362. 505

    Article 505

    Article (505) If the contracting parties declare a price contrary to their true agreement, the true price shall be taken to be the valid one.

  363. 507

    Article 507

    Article (507) (1) An increase in price on the part of the purchaser after the contract is made shall attach to the principal of the contract if the seller accepts, and the designated price plus the increase shall become the consideration for the entire subject matter of the sale. (2) Any deduction by the seller from the designated price after the contract is made shall attach to the principal of the contract if the purchaser accepts, and the remaining balance shall become the designated price.

  364. 508

    Article 508

    Article (508) The price shall be payable immediately unless there is an agreement or a custom that it should be deferred or paid in instalments over a known period.

  365. 509

    Article 509

    Article (509) If the price is deferred or payable in instalments, the period of deferment shall commence as at the date of delivery of the goods.

  366. 511

    Article 511

    Article (511) (1) The ownership of the goods sold shall be transferred to the purchaser as soon as the sale is concluded, unless there is a provision of law or of the agreement to the contrary. (2) Each of the contracting parties shall (immediately) proceed to carry out his obligations save such of them as are deferred.

  367. 512

    Article 512

    Article (512) If the sale is of unascertained goods, ownership shall be transferred to the purchaser in the same manner as it is transferred in respect of a specifically ascertained thing.

  368. 513

    Article 513

    Article (513) (1) If the price is deferred or payable in instalments, the seller may stipulate that the transfer of ownership to the purchaser be suspended until he pays the whole price, notwithstanding that the goods have been delivered. (2) If the price is paid in full, the transfer of ownership to the purchaser shall operate retrospectively to the time of the sale. 2- Delivery of the property sold

  369. 514

    Article 514

    Article (514) The seller must deliver the goods to the purchaser free of any third party right unless there is an agreement or provision of law to the contrary, and the seller must also do what is necessary on his part to transfer ownership to the purchaser.

  370. 516

    Article 516

    Article (516) The seller shall be obliged to deliver the goods sold to the purchaser in the same condition as they were at the time of the sale.

  371. 517

    Article 517

    Article (517) Delivery shall include the appurtenances of the thing sold, and such things as have been affixed to it or made for the use thereof in a permanent manner, and everything which, by custom, is ancillary to the thing sold, notwithstanding that it is not mentioned in the contract.

  372. 518

    Article 518

    Article (518) Contracts over buildings or trees shall include the land upon which the building stands, and the land to which the roots of the tree extends, and a contract over land shall include the buildings and trees on it unless there is a stipulation or a custom to the contrary in either such contract over land and a contract over a house shall include the fixtures therein but not the moveables, unless the purchaser stipulates that they should be included in the contract.

  373. 519

    Article 519

    Article (519) The sale of land shall not include crops growing on it in the absence of a provision or custom to the contrary.

  374. 520

    Article 520

    Article (520) The sale of trees, whether directly or by way of appurtenance to the land, shall include the fruits on them which have not been pollinated or have not budded as to the whole or greater part thereof, but if they have been pollinated or have budded as to the whole or

    -- 113 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 114 greater part thereof, the fruit shall not be included in the sale unless there is a provision or a custom that they shall form part of the subject matter of the sale, and if the pollinated or budded part amounts to one half only, each part shall be treated (separately) as aforesaid.

  375. 521

    Article 521

    Article (521) A contract for harvestable crops shall not include the second crop (in the same year) unless there is a provision or custom to the contrary.

  376. 522

    Article 522

    Article (522) If the seller validly delivers the goods sold to the purchaser, he shall not thereafter be liable for what happens to the goods.

  377. 524

    Article 524

    Article (524) No claim for rescission of a contract or for a reduction in or supplement to the purchase price shall be heard after the expiration of one year from the date of delivery of the goods.

  378. 525

    Article 525

    Article (525) (1) Delivery of the goods may be by actual delivery or by the seller leaving the way open to the purchaser to take the goods, with permission for him to take them, without there being any obstacle to his coming into possession of them. (2) The delivery of anything shall be according to the nature thereof, and in accordance with the agreement or custom.

  379. 526

    Article 526

    Article (526) If the goods sold are in the possession of the purchaser prior to the sale in any capacity or for any reason, such possession shall be regarded as delivery in the absence of an agreement to the contrary.

  380. 527

    Article 527

    Article (527) If the contracting parties agree that in a specific instance the purchaser should be regarded as having taken delivery of the goods sold, or if the law requires that certain instances should be regarded as amounting to delivery, constructive delivery shall be deemed to have taken place.

  381. 528

    Article 528

    Article (528) Constructive delivery shall be deemed to have taken place by registration of the thing sold in the name of the purchaser if the law requires the registration of the transfer of ownership.

  382. 529

    Article 529

    Article (529) Constructive delivery shall likewise be deemed to have taken place in the two following cases:

    -- 115 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 116 (1) If the seller retains the goods sold in his possession at the request of the purchaser. (2) If the seller gives notice to the purchaser to pay the price and take delivery of the goods within a fixed period, failing which they will be deemed to have been delivered, and he does not do so.

  383. 532

    Article 532

    Article (532) (1) If the goods sold are destroyed prior to delivery or if part of them is lost through the act of the purchaser, he shall be deemed to have taken delivery of the goods sold, and he shall be bound to pay the price. (2) If the seller has the right to elect in such circumstances and he chooses to cancel, the purchaser shall be liable either to provide the equivalent of the goods sold or the value thereof, and he shall be the owner of the remainder.

  384. 533

    Article 533

    Article (533) (1) If the goods sold are destroyed prior to delivery through the act of a third party, the purchaser shall have the option as he wishes either to cancel the sale or to affirm it, and he

    -- 116 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 117 shall have a right of recourse against the person who has caused the loss either for equivalent goods or for the value thereof. (2) If part of the goods are destroyed, the purchaser may elect between the following options: (a) to cancel the contract; (b) to take the remainder for the appropriate proportion of the price and to rescind the contract with regard to the balance; or (c) to affirm the contract as to the whole of the goods sold at the stipulated price, and to have recourse against the person who has caused the loss for that loss to be made good.

  385. 534

    Article 534

    Article (534) (1) The seller shall ensure that the goods sold are free of the right of any third party who may object to the purchaser (sic) if the cause of that third party right antedates the contract of sale. (2) The seller shall also ensure that the goods sold are free of any third party right if such right is based on a cause arising after the sale out of his act.

  386. 535

    Article 535

    Article (535) (1) Any claim by a third party for his rights over the goods sold prior to delivery thereof must be directed both against the seller and the purchaser. (2) If the claim is brought after delivery of the goods sold and the purchaser does not join the seller in the action at the appropriate time and a judgment is issued against him which becomes final, he shall lose his right of recourse for an indemnity if the seller proves that if he had been joined in the action the result would have been the dismissal of the third party's claim of right.

  387. 537

    Article 537

    Article (537) (1) Any condition that the seller shall not be liable for the price if there is a third party claim over the goods sold shall be invalid, and the sale shall be defective (voidable) on account of such condition. (2) If the purchaser knows that the goods sold are not the property of the seller, that fact shall be no bar to his having recourse for the price in the event of there being a third party right.

  388. 539

    Article 539

    Article (539) (1) If the purchaser makes a settlement with a third party claimant over property prior to judgment in favour of the latter, and the seller denies the right of the claimant, it shall be open to the purchaser to prove that the claimant was justified in his claim, and, after proving the foregoing, the seller shall have the option either to pay the equivalent of the settlement amount or to return the price to the purchaser. (2) If settlement is made after judgment in favour of the third party claimant, the purchaser shall (sic) retain the goods sold, and he shall have a right of recourse against the seller for the price.

    -- 118 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 119

  389. 541

    Article 541

    Article (541) (1) If a third party claim is made after the goods have been destroyed in the hands of the purchaser, he shall make good to the third party claimant the value thereof as at the date of the purchase, and shall have a right of recourse against the seller for the price. (2) If the value which the purchaser has to make good is greater than the stipulated price, he shall have a recourse for the difference and shall be entitled to an indemnity for the damages due to him in accordance with Article 536(4).

  390. 542

    Article 542

    Article (542) The third party claimant may claim against the purchaser for any yield deriving from the

    -- 119 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 120 goods sold or exploitation made thereof after deducting any expenses necessary to produce such a profit, and the purchaser shall have a right of recourse against the seller for anything he has paid to the third party claimant. 3- Liability for latent defects

  391. 543

    Article 543

    Article (543) (1) A sale shall be deemed to have been concluded on the basis that the goods sold are free of any defects, save such as are within the customary tolerance. (2) The general rules relating to the option for defects shall apply to the contract of sale, subject to the provisions of the following Articles.

  392. 546

    Article 546

    Article (546) If the purchaser disposes the goods as owner after becoming aware of the old defect, his option shall lapse.

  393. 547

    Article 547

    Article (547) If goods with an old defect are lost in the hands of the purchaser or if he consumes them prior to his knowledge of the defect, he shall have a right of recourse against the seller for any reduction in price (sic) caused by the defect.

  394. 550

    Article 550

    Article (550) (1) If several things are sold under one agreement and a defect appears in part of them prior to delivery, the purchaser shall have the option either to accept them at the stipulated price, or to return the whole of them. (2) If several things are sold under one agreement and an old defect becomes apparent in part of them after delivery, and no loss would be caused by dividing them, the purchaser may return the defective part for an appropriate portion of the price, but he may not return the whole of the goods without the consent of the seller, but if loss would be caused by dividing them, he may either return the whole of the goods or accept them at the full price.

  395. 552

    Article 552

    Article (552) The right of the purchaser to return the property on the grounds of a defect shall not lapse by reason of a change in the value thereof.

  396. 553

    Article 553

    Article (553) (1) Any yield of the property returned on the grounds of a defect which is not regarded as part of the property shall belong to the purchaser as from the time he receives the goods until the time the sale is cancelled, and he shall not have any recourse against the seller for any moneys expended on the property. (2) Any yield of the property sold which is deemed to be part of it shall belong to the seller. (3) As for property which has no yield, the purchaser shall have a right of recourse against the seller for moneys spent on it.

  397. 554

    part of the property shall belong to the purchaser as from the time he receives the goods: the property shall belong to the purchaser as from the time he receives the goods

    Article 554

    Article (554) Liability for property returned on the grounds of a defect shall pass from the purchaser to the seller as soon as the seller agrees to take it back from the purchaser notwithstanding that he has not in fact taken it back, or immediately upon proof in a court of law of the defect in the property sold giving a right to return the same, notwithstanding that there is no order that it be returned, in the event that the seller is present, and if he is absent the liability shall only pass to him upon the issue of a judgment for the return of the property.

  398. 555

    Article 555

    Article (555) (1) A claim of liability for a defect shall become time barred upon the expiration of six months from receipt of the property unless the seller has undertaken to be responsible for a longer period. (2) The seller may not rely on that time limit if it is approved that the concealment of the defect was by a fraud on his part.

    -- 123 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 124 b- Obligations of the purchaser 1- Payment of the price and taking delivery of the goods

  399. 558

    Article 558

    Article (558) If the property sold is destroyed in the hands of the seller while he is retaining it, the loss shall fall on the purchaser unless the destruction of the property was due to the act of the seller.

  400. 559

    Article 559

    Article (559) (1) If the purchaser takes the property in the sight of the seller before paying the price and the seller does not prevent him, that fact shall amount to permission to take delivery. (2) If the purchaser takes the property sold before paying the price, without the permission of the seller, the seller shall have the right to recover it, and if the property is destroyed or becomes defective in the hands of the seller, he shall be deemed to have taken delivery of it.

  401. 560

    Article 560

    Article (560) If the purchaser damages the goods, even unintentionally, that shall be regarded as taking delivery.

    -- 124 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 125

  402. 561

    Article 561

    Article (561) If the purchaser does not know where the property sold is at the time of the contract and he thereafter finds out, he shall have the option as he wishes to cancel or to affirm the sale, and to take delivery of the property at the place where it is.

  403. 562

    Article 562

    Article (562) (1) The purchaser shall be obliged to hand over the price if it is immediately payable at the place where the property is at the time of the contract, unless there is an agreement or a custom to the contrary. (2) If the price is a deferred debt owed by the purchaser and there is no agreement for payment thereof at a specified place, he shall be obliged to pay it at the residence of the purchaser (sic) when payment falls due.

  404. 563

    Article 563

    Article (563) If the purchaser takes a thing in the course of negotiations for purchase, and it is destroyed or lost in his hands and the price has been specified, he shall be bound to pay it, and if the price has not been agreed, the purchaser shall not be liable save for his wrongful act or default.

  405. 565

    Article 565

    Article (565) If a specific time for the payment of the price is laid down in the contract and it is stipulated therein that if the purchaser does not pay the price within that time then there will be no sale, then, if he does not pay the price and the property is still in the hands of the seller; the sale shall be deemed to be cancelled.

  406. 567

    Article 567

    Article (567) The costs of delivering the price, and of the contract of sale, registration thereof and other costs, shall be borne by the purchaser, and the costs of delivering the property shall be borne by the seller, unless there is a contrary agreement, provision of law, or custom to the contrary.

    -- 126 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 127 Part 2: Various types of sale 1- Forward sales

  407. 568

    Part 2: Various types of sale

    Article 568

    Article (568) A forward sale is for property the delivery of which is deferred, against a price payable immediately.

  408. 569

    Part 2: Various types of sale

    Article 569

    Article (569) The following conditions must be satisfied for a forward sale to be valid: (1) the property must be such as can be specified by description and quantity, and it must normally be available at the time of delivery; and (2) the contract must contain particulars of the nature, type, description and amount of the goods, and the time at which they are to be delivered.

  409. 572

    Article 572

    Article (572) If it is impossible to deliver the goods at the due time because they are no longer available through an unforeseen occurrence, the purchaser may elect between waiting until they are available, or cancelling the sale.

  410. 573

    Article 573

    Article (573) If the seller by way of forward sale dies before the time comes to deliver the goods, the purchaser shall have the option as he wishes between cancelling the contract and

    -- 127 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 128 recovering the price from the estate, or waiting until the due time comes, and in that event he may place a restriction upon the estate to an amount in the value of the property, unless the heirs provide a sufficient guarantee to secure delivery of the property when the due time comes.

  411. 575

    Article 575

    Article (575) The consideration moving from each party in a forward sale may not be foodstuffs against foodstuffs or money against money, and in connection with consideration other than foodstuffs, it is sufficient that they be different in type and use.

  412. 577

    Article 577

    Article (577) The obligation to deliver goods sold by way of forward sale must be discharged by delivering goods of that nature, but it may, by agreement, be discharged by delivering goods of a different nature on the following conditions: (a) the substituted consideration must be given immediately; (b) the substitute must be such as can properly form the subject of a forward sale; and (c) the goods sold by way of forward sale must not be foodstuffs.

  413. 579

    Article 579

    Article (579) (1) If there is a dispute between the seller and the purchaser as to the amount of the forward goods or as to the period of deferment, and neither party has independent evidence thereof, the word of the person alleging what is the more common practice between people shall be preferred, and if there is no common practice then the dispute shall be settled half way between what each party alleges. (2) If they are in dispute as to the place of delivery of the forward goods, the word of the person who claims that they are to be delivered at the place where the forward sale contract was made shall be preferred, and if neither party makes such an allegation, the goods must be delivered at the (regular) market place for those goods in the place where the contract was made.

    -- 129 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 130 2- Sales of air space

  414. 581

    Article 581

    Article (581) A sale of space shall be presumed to be in perpetuity, and the following shall result from it: (1) the sale shall not be rescinded by virtue of the destruction either of the lower building or of the upper building; and (2) the owner of the lower building must restore his building if it has been demolished, and must repair it if it has become weakened, and the owner of the upper building may, with the consent of the owner of the lower building or by leave of the court, restore his building. 3- Sales of unascertained goods

  415. 583

    Article 583

    Article (583) Whoever sells a thing for a deferred price may purchase it for an immediately payable or a deferred price from the person selling it to him, unless the two sales differ as to price and period of deferment and the payment of the lower price precedes the payment of the higher price, and in that event the second sale shall be cancelled if the property sold exists, and if it does not exist, both sales shall be cancelled. 5- Assisted sales

  416. 585

    Article 585

    Article (585) It shall be permissible for a person who has acquired ownership of a thing by purchase or otherwise to sell it before taking delivery of it from the person who is to pass property to him, unless the subject matter is foodstuffs in a commutative contract, in which event it shall not be permissible for a person who has bought such goods by measure to sell them prior to taking delivery thereof by measure, but if he purchases them as unascertained goods, he may sell them prior to taking delivery thereof. 7- Sales of fruit

  417. 586

    Article 586

    Article (586) (1) It shall be permissible to sell fruit notwithstanding that it has not yet become fit for consumption if it is sold together with the roots, but it shall not be permissible to sell fruit separately from the roots unless it has become fit for consumption, or unless some of it has become fit for consumption, and the appearance of fitness for consumption shall mean near maturity or fitness for eating or other use. (2) If the roots of fruits are such that the inner part may be eaten during the year, it shall be permissible to sell the inner parts if the fitness for the consumption of the first inner part has become apparent, if the inner parts are connected, and it is not possible to distinguish one part from the other, but if they are distinguishable, it shall not be permissible to sell the second inner part until the fitness for consumption thereof has become apparent.

  418. 587

    part from the other, but if they are distinguishable, it shall not be permissible to sell the: the other, but if they are distinguishable, it shall not be permissible to sell the

    Article 587

    Article (587) If after sale fruits are attacked by a blight which cannot normally be prevented, the purchaser shall have the right to demand a reduction in price the equivalent to the loss suffered by the blight if the damage occurred prior to ripening and normal harvesting and if the value of the damage amounts to one third or more of the value of the fruits, unless the blight is by reason of drought, in which event the price shall be reduced by the value of the damage suffered, notwithstanding that the same may be less than one third.

    -- 132 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 133 8- Sale of cultivated and sown land

  419. 588

    Article 588

    Article (588) (1) If land sold contains crops which are harvested only once a year, they shall vest in the seller until the time for harvesting, unless the purchaser stipulates that they shall belong to him. (2) If the land sold contains crops which may be repeatedly harvested or which continually fruit, the roots shall belong to the purchaser and the available harvest then apparent shall belong to the seller and he must pick the crop immediately, unless the purchaser stipulates that the same shall belong to him, in which event he must pick it immediately.

  420. 590

    Article 590

    Article (590) (1) If palms whose spadixes have split, or trees whose buds and blossoms have appeared are sold, then that which has split or appeared shall belong to the seller, being left until harvest time, and anything sold prior thereto shall belong to the purchaser, and the evidence on oath of the seller as to the appearing or splitting shall be preferred. (2) Both the seller and the purchaser shall have the right to stipulate who shall be the owner of all or part.

  421. 591

    Article 591

    Article (591) (1) If some of the spadixes on a palm have split or if some of the fruit has appeared on a

    -- 133 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 134 single tree, then all of the spadixes shall be deemed to have split, and all of the fruit to have appeared. (2) If there are several palms or trees and the spadixes have split or the fruit has appeared on some to the exclusion of the others, each tree shall be treated separately. 10-Sale of foodstuffs inside an outer casing

  422. 594

    Article 594

    Article (594) A sale of an inheritance is a sale by an heir of his proportion in the estate after the death of the legator to one or more heirs for a known consideration, notwithstanding that the assets of the estate have not been ascertained.

  423. 596

    Article 596

    Article (596) The seller shall warrant to the purchaser no more than the existence of the estate and the fact that he has a share therein, in the event that the contract does not specify what the estate comprises. 12- Sales by a terminally ill person

  424. 597

    Article 597

    Article (597) (1) Terminal illness is an illness wherein a person cannot go about his normal business and in which the greater probability is that he will die in that condition prior to the expiration of one year, and if his illness continues for a period of one year or more with him remaining in the same condition without becoming worse, his dispositions shall be treated as those of a healthy person. (2) A terminal illness shall be deemed to include conditions in which people fear death and in which they normally die, notwithstanding that there may in fact be no such sickness.

  425. 598

    Article 598

    Article (598) If a sick person sells some of his property to one of his heirs, the provisions of the following Article shall apply.

  426. 599

    Article 599

    Article (599) (1) If a sick person sells to a stranger at a fair price or with a slight element of cheating, the sale shall be effective and not dependent upon the consent of the heirs. (2) If such sale is at a price less than the value of the thing sold at the time of death, the sale shall be effective as against the heirs if the excess amount of the value of the thing sold over the price does not exceed one third of the estate, including the thing sold itself. (3) If such difference is greater than one third of the estate, the sale shall not be effective

    -- 135 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 136 unless it is affirmed by the heirs or the purchaser makes up two thirds of the value of the thing sold, otherwise the heirs shall have the right to cancel the sale.

  427. 603

    Article 603

    Article (603) It shall not be permissible for brokers or experts to purchase in their own names or in a borrowed name property which has been entrusted to them for sale.

    -- 136 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 137

  428. 604

    Article 604

    Article (604) By way of exception to the provisions contained in the two foregoing paragraphs, it shall be permissible for a proxy, broker or expert to purchase property for himself if he is so permitted by the principal or the person having an interest therein. 14- Sale of property of a third party

  429. 605

    Article 605

    Article (605) If a person sells property of a third party without his consent, the sale shall be dependent upon the consent of the owner.

  430. 606

    Article 606

    Article (606) If the owner affirms the sale, the contract shall be valid so far as concerns him and the purchaser, and the contract shall likewise be valid if ownership of the property sold vests in the seller after the contract is made. Part 3: Barter

  431. 607

    Part 3: Barter

    Article 607

    Article (607) Bartering is the exchange of property or a property right for a non-money consideration.

  432. 608

    Part 3: Barter

    Article 608

    Article (608) Each of the contracting parties in a barter contract shall be deemed to be both seller and purchaser at the same time.

  433. 609

    Part 3: Barter

    Article 609

    Article (609) A barter shall still be a barter notwithstanding that a money consideration is added in the exchange.

  434. 610

    Part 3: Barter

    Article 610

    Article (610) The expenses of the barter contract, the costs of delivery, and the like, shall be borne equally

    -- 137 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 138 between the two parties to the contract unless a contrary agreement is made.

  435. 611

    Part 3: Barter

    Article 611

    Article (611) The provisions relating to sale shall apply to a barter to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the nature thereof. Part 4: Prohibited sales and barters

  436. 612

    Part 4: Prohibited sales and barters

    Article 612

    Article (612) There may be no sale or barter of the following: (a) that which is concealed in the earth, until extracted and visible; and (b) the semen of stud horses.

  437. 614

    Chapter 2: Gifts

    Article 614

    Article (614) (1) A gift is the passing of property or a right in property to another person during the period of the lifetime of the owner, without consideration. (2) It shall be permissible for the donor, while still intending to make a gift, to make it a condition that the donee should perform a specified obligation, and such obligation shall be regarded as consideration.

  438. 615

    Chapter 2: Gifts

    Article 615

    Article (615) (1) A gift shall be made upon acceptance and offer, and shall become perfected upon receipt. (2) Mere offer shall be sufficient for a gift if the donor is the guardian or protector of the donee and the property given is in his possession, and the same shall apply notwithstanding that the donee is a minor of whom the donor has charge of the upbringing.

  439. 616

    Article 616

    Article (616) A contract of gift shall not be effective if the property given is not owned by the donor, unless affirmed by the owner, and receipt is taken by his consent.

  440. 617

    Article 617

    Article (617) (1) The gift of a debt to a debtor shall be valid, and shall be regarded as a discharge. (2) A gift shall be valid if made to a person other than a debtor, and shall be effective if the debtor pays the debt to (sic - should possibly be "on behalf of") the donee.

  441. 618

    Article 618

    Article (618) (1) It shall be permissible for a donor to recover the property given if the contract so stipulates in the event that the donee does not carry out specified obligations in favour of the donor or the person concerned in the stipulation.

    -- 139 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 140 (2) If the property given has been destroyed, or if the donee has disposed of it, the donor shall be entitled to recover the value thereof at the time of the disposition or destruction.

  442. 619

    Article 619

    Article (619) The donor must not be a person restricted as to the gifts he gives, and the donee must not be an enemy. An enemy shall mean a non-Muslim being a subject of a non Muslim state between which and the Muslims a state of declared or actual war exists, and in which peace has not been declared.

  443. 620

    Article 620

    Article (620) A gift made by an obligor whose liabilities exceed his assets shall be valid, but dependent upon the consent of the obligee.

  444. 622

    Article 622

    Article (622) If property pledged is given to a person other than the pledgee and the donor dies before the pledge is released, the possession by the pledgee of such pledge shall not, after the gift thereof, be a possession on the account of the pledgee, and the gift shall be void.

  445. 623

    Article 623

    Article (623) A gift shall be void if there is a debt exceeding the assets of the donor prior to (the donee

    -- 140 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 141 coming into) possession of the property given, notwithstanding that the debt arises after the gift is made.

  446. 625

    Article 625

    Article (625) If a person gives a thing to another and then, before that other has possession of it, gives it to a second donee and the second donee takes possession of it before the first, then the second donee shall be regarded as the true donee, and the donor shall not be obliged to pay the value thereof to the first donee.

  447. 626

    Article 626

    Article (626) A gift of goods bailed to a bailee or a gift of property lent to a borrower shall be void if either the bailee or the borrower refuses except after the death of the donor whether he knows of the gift after the death of the donor or prior to his death.

  448. 627

    Article 627

    Article (627) If goods lent are given to a person other than the borrower, or if goods bailed are given to a person other than the bailee, and the donor dies prior to the expiration of the period of the

    -- 141 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 142 loan or before the return of the goods bailed, the possession of the borrower of the goods lent or of the bailee of goods bailed shall be regarded as possession in favour of the donee, and the gift shall be perfected if the donor bears witness thereto, and if he does not so bear witness, the possession of each of them shall be regarded as being possession in favour of the donor, and the gift shall be void.

  449. 628

    Article 628

    Article (628) (1) A gift of a minor or an imbecile otherwise than for consideration shall be void. (2) The guardian of a person under a restriction may not make a gift of any of the property of the person under the restriction unless he is his father, and the gift is for consideration.

  450. 629

    Article 629

    Article (629) If property on hire is given to a person other than the hirer and the donor then dies before the expiration of the hire period, the possession of the hirer after the gift shall not be the possession of the donee unless the donor has also made a gift of the rental to the donee before receiving it from the hirer, in which event the possession of the hirer shall be the possession of the donee.

  451. 633

    Article 633

    Article (633) If one of the parties to the gift dies or becomes bankrupt prior to delivery of the property given, the gift shall be void notwithstanding (sic: possibly should be "if") that it was made without consideration.

  452. 635

    Article 635

    Article (635) The provisions relating to testamentary dispositions shall apply to gifts made during a terminal illness.

  453. 636

    Article 636

    Article (636) The effectiveness of a contract of gift shall be dependent upon any procedure required by law for the transfer of ownership over such property, and it shall be permissible for either of the parties to the contract to complete the necessary steps.

    -- 143 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 144 Part 2: Effects of a gift 1- In relation to the donor

  454. 638

    Part 2: Effects of a gift

    Article 638

    Article (638) The donor shall not be liable for any third party right over the property given in the hands of the donee if the gift is given otherwise than for consideration, but he shall be liable for any loss sustained by the donee through such third party right if he deliberately concealed the fact of there being such a right, but if the gift was for consideration, he shall only be liable for the existence of a third party right to the extent of the consideration passing from the donee unless a contrary agreement has been made.

  455. 639

    Part 2: Effects of a gift

    Article 639

    Article (639) If a third party right over the property given arises after it has been destroyed in the hands of the donee and the third party having the right elects to exercise a recourse against the donee for compensation, the latter shall have a claim against the donor to the extent that he is liable to the third party.

  456. 640

    Article 640

    Article (640) If there is a third party right in the property given and the donee has added to the value of the property in such a way that the increase cannot be separated without causing damage, then the third party having the right may only recover the property after paying the value of the increase.

  457. 641

    Article 641

    Article (641) A donor is not liable for latent defects in the property given, notwithstanding that he may have deliberately concealed the same, unless the gift was for consideration.

    -- 144 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 145 2- In relation to the donee

  458. 642

    Article 642

    Article (642) The donee must provide such consideration as the donor has stipulated, whether the consideration is to be given to the donor or to another person.

  459. 643

    Article 643

    Article (643) If the consideration for a gift is payment of a debt owed by the donor, then the donee shall be bound only to pay the debt as it was at the time of the gift, unless a contrary agreement is made.

  460. 644

    Article 644

    Article (644) If the property given is encumbered with an obligation for the payment of a debt owed by the donor or by a third party, the donee shall be obliged to pay such debt unless a contrary agreement is made.

  461. 646

    Article 646

    Article (646) (1) The donor may revoke the gift without the consent of the donee prior to possession thereof being taken. (2) He may also revoke the gift after possession is taken if the donee agrees, and if he does not agree it shall be permissible for the donor to apply to the judge for the cancellation of the gift and the revocation thereof if such application is based on an acceptable cause, unless there is any obstacle to the revocation.

    -- 145 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 146

  462. 648

    Article 648

    Article (648) If the donee deliberately and unjustifiably kills the donor, his heirs shall have a right to annul the gift.

  463. 649

    Article 649

    Article (649) The following matters shall be deemed to be obstacles to the revocation of a gift: (a) if the gift is from either of two spouses to the other, or to a person within the prohibited degree of consanguinity, unless the gift amounts to unjustified favouritism among those persons; (b) if the donee disposes of the property given in such a way as to transfer the ownership thereof, but if the disposition relates to part only of the property given, it shall be permissible for the donor to revoke the gift of the balance; (c) if there is a substantial increase in the property given and that increase forms part of it, which increases the value thereof, or if the donee alters the property given in such a manner as to alter its nature; (d) if one of the parties to the contract dies after possession of the property given has passed; (e) if the property given is destroyed in the hands of the donee, but if the destruction is

    -- 146 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 147 partial, it shall be permissible to revoke the gift of the balance; (f) if the gift was for consideration; (g) if the gift was by way of charitable donation, or to a charitable organisation; or (h) if a creditor makes a gift of the debt to the debtor.

  464. 650

    Article 650

    Article (650) (1) The revocation of a gift, whether by consent or by order of the court, shall be regarded as annulling the effects of the contract. (2) The donee shall not be obliged to return the fruits (of the property given) save from the date of the revocation by consent or from the date of a court order in that behalf, and he may recover expenses necessarily incurred, and so far as concerns other expenses, he may only recover such as have increased the value of the property given.

  465. 652

    Article 652

    Article (652) It shall be permissible for a father to recover from his child what he has given him, and it shall also be permissible for a mother to recover from her child what she has given to him if the child is not an orphan, but if he is an orphan then she may not recover the property from him notwithstanding that he may have become an orphan after the gift was made.

  466. 654

    Chapter Three: Companies

    Article 654

    Article (654) A company is a contract whereby two or more persons are bound each to participate in a financial project by providing a share of property or work for the exploitation of that project and the division of any profit or loss which may arise thereout.

  467. 655

    Chapter Three: Companies

    Article 655

    Article (655) (1) A company shall be regarded as a legal person immediately upon formation. (2) The legal personality may not be relied upon as against third parties until after completion of the procedures for registration and publication laid down by law. (3) Third parties may, however, rely on such legal personality despite the fact that the procedures referred to have not been completed. 2- Elements of a company

  468. 656

    Chapter Three: Companies

    Article 656

    Article (656) (1) The company contract must be in writing. (2) If the contract is not in writing, it shall not affect the rights of third parties, and so far as concerns the partners themselves, the contract shall be deemed to be valid unless one of

    -- 148 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 149 them requires that it should be regarded as being invalid, and the same shall apply to the contract as from the date of bringing a claim.

  469. 657

    Article 657

    Article (657) (1) The capital of the company must be cash or other like property which may be dealt in, and if it is not in cash the value thereof must be assessed. (2) It shall be permissible for the shares of the partners to be equal or diverse, and it shall not be permissible for a debt owed by a third party to constitute a share in the capital of the company.

  470. 658

    Article 658

    Article (658) (1) It shall be permissible for the share of a partner in the company to be a right of property or right to derive a benefit or any other right in specie, and the provisions relating to sale shall apply thereto in connection with the liability therefor if it is lost or there is a third party right over it or if any defect or shortcoming becomes apparent therein. (2) If the share is no more than a right to derive benefit from property, the provisions relating to hire shall apply thereto. (Tr: The word translated as "hire" embraces leases of property, hire of chattels and animals, and engagement of persons to work). (3) If the share is represented by work, the partner must carry out the services which he has undertaken to perform in a contract.

  471. 661

    Article 661

    Article (661) If the share of a partner is limited to his work, his portion of the profits shall be assessed in accordance with the benefit derived by the company from such work, and if in addition to work the partner provides cash or any other thing, he shall have one share in respect of his work and another share in respect of what he has provided in addition to the work.

  472. 662

    Article 662

    Article (662) If an agreement is made in the contract that one of the partners should not benefit by the company's profits, or that he should not bear any of its losses, the company contract shall be void. 3- The management of the company

  473. 663

    Article 663

    Article (663) (1) Each partner shall be regarded as an agent for the remaining partners in his carrying out of the business of the company and in so acting as to bring about the aims for which the company was established, unless there is a contrary provision or agreement. (2) Each partner shall be regarded as a trustee for the property of the company in his possession.

  474. 666

    Article 666

    Article (666) (1) There may be more than one manager of the company. (2) In the event that there is more than one manager, the powers of each of them shall be specified. (3) It shall be permissible to dismiss them or one of them in the same manner in which he was appointed.

  475. 667

    Article 667

    Article (667) It shall not be permissible for a person deputed to manage the company or appointed as a manager of it to dismiss himself or to resign at such a time as would cause the company damage.

  476. 668

    Article 668

    Article (668) The partners who are not managers shall not have a right of management, but they may

    -- 151 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 152 themselves inspect the books and papers of the company. 4- The effects of a company

  477. 669

    Article 669

    Article (669) (1) A partner who has the right to organise the interests of the company shall be obliged in so doing to act with such care as he would exercise in the organisation of his own private interests unless he is appointed to work for a salary, and he may not fall below the standard of care of the reasonable man. (2) He shall also be obliged to refrain from any act which may cause damage to the company or which is contrary to the purpose for which the company was established.

  478. 670

    Article 670

    Article (670) It shall not be permissible for a partner to retain for himself any property of the company, and if he does so he shall be liable in respect of any damage sustained by the company by virtue of such retention.

  479. 671

    Article 671

    Article (671) (1) If the company owes a debt connected with the objects of the company and the assets of the company are insufficient to discharge it, the partners shall be liable in their own personal property for the balance of the debt up to the amount of the share of each of them in the losses made by the company. (2) If it is stipulated that the partners should be jointly liable in the company contract, they shall all be responsible for the debt by way of joint liability.

  480. 673

    Article 673

    Article (673) A company shall terminate for any of the following reasons:‑ (a) the expiry of the period of the company or the completion of the work for which it was established; (b) the loss of all of the capital or the capital of one of the partners prior to his making it available; (c) the death, insanity, bankruptcy, insolvency, being placed under legal restriction, or withdrawal of one of the partners; (d) the unanimous decision of the partners to dissolve the company; and (e) the making of a judicial order for the dissolution of the company.

  481. 677

    Article 677

    Article (677) (1) It shall be permissible for a majority of the partners to apply for a judicial order dismissing any partner if they adduce serious reasons therefor justifying the dismissal. (2) It shall likewise be permissible for any partner to apply for a judicial order that he cease to be a partner in the company if the company is of limited duration, and he provides reasonable grounds for such application. (3) In both of the foregoing events the provisions of Article 675 (2) shall apply to the share of the dismissed or withdrawing partner, and such share shall be assessed in accordance with its value on the date the claim was brought.

    -- 154 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 155 6- The liquidation and division of (assets of) companies

  482. 678

    Article 678

    Article (678) The assets of a company shall be liquidated and distributed in such manner as the partners agree, and if they do not agree it shall be permissible for any person having an interest to apply to the court for an order appointing one or more liquidators to carry out the liquidation and distribution.

  483. 679

    Article 679

    Article (679) (1) The company shall retain its legal personality to the extent necessary for the liquidation. (2) The manager or managers of the company shall be regarded as liquidators vis-à-vis third parties until the liquidator is appointed.

  484. 680

    Article 680

    Article (680) The liquidator shall carry out all the acts of liquidation including taking an inventory of the assets of the company, getting in its rights, paying its debts, and selling its assets until the property is ready for distrib ution, having regard in all of the foregoing to the restrictions laid down in the order appointing him, and he may not do any act not required by the liquidation.

  485. 681

    Article 681

    Article (681) The rules relating to the distribution of property in co-ownership shall be followed in distributing companies.

  486. 682

    Article 682

    Article (682) (1) The property of the company shall be divided among the partners after settling the rights of creditors and retaining monies for the payment of debts not yet due or disputed debts, as well as the costs arising out of the liquidation. (2) There shall be allocated to each partner a sum of money proportionate to his share in the capital. Such person shall also receive profits and bear losses in the proportion agreed or

    -- 155 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 156 laid down in the provisions of this Law. Part 2: Certain types of companies 1- Companies to perform work

  487. 684

    Part 2: Certain types of companies

    Article 684

    Article (684) (1) Each of the partners shall be obliged to perform the work which any of them has accepted and undertaken to do. (2) Each of them shall have the right to receive the consideration agreed, and the customer shall be discharged of liability by making payment to any of them.

  488. 685

    Part 2: Certain types of companies

    Article 685

    Article (685) A partner shall not be personally obliged to carry out work which he has himself accepted, and he may give it to another partner or to a person other than one of his partners unless the customer has stipulated that he should perform it himself.

  489. 686

    Article 686

    Article (686) (1) The profits shall be divided among the partners in the manner agreed. (2) It shall be permissible for there to be an unequal distribution of profits notwithstanding that it is stipulated that there should be an equal division of work. (3) Each of them shall be entitled to his share of the profit, notwithstanding that, with an acceptable excuse, he has not worked.

    -- 156 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 157

  490. 688

    Article 688

    Article (688) If a thing which is to be worked on is destroyed or damaged by the act of one of the partners, the customer may hold whichever partner he wishes liable in his property. The loss shall be divided among the partners to the extent of the liability of each as between themselves.

  491. 689

    Article 689

    Article (689) It shall be permissible in respect of a business company for the place of work to be provided by some of the partners, and the appliances and equipment to be provided by others, and it likewise shall be permissible for the place of business and the equipment and appliances to be supplied by some of them, and for the work to be performed by the others.

  492. 690

    Article 690

    Article (690) (1) It shall be permissible for the activities of a business company to be the carriage and transportation of goods, and no regard shall be had to the different types of means of transport owned by each partner as to type or capacity or carriage, so long as each partner is liable for the work. (2) Provided that if the company is formed not for the purpose of accepting work but for the hiring out of means of transport as such and the division of the hire money, the company contract shall be invalid and the hire money on each separate conveyance shall belong to the owner thereof, and any person who has assisted in collecting and transporting shall receive a quantum meruit remuneration. 2- Speculative venture partnerships

  493. 691

    Article 691

    Article (691) (1) A speculative venture partnership is a contract whereby two or more persons agree to purchase property on credit in accordance with the standing each of them has, then to sell it,

    -- 157 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 158 and to participate in the profits. (2) The partners shall be liable for the price of the property purchased each according to his share in it, whether they carry out the purchase jointly or singly.

  494. 692

    Article 692

    Article (692) The profit and loss shall be distributed between the partners in the proportion of the liability of each of them for the property which they have purchased on credit, unless a contrary agreement is made. 3- Mudaraba companies (where one partner places assets at the disposal of another to make a profit)

  495. 695

    Article 695

    Article (695) (1) After the capital has been delivered to him, the mudarib shall have the power to make dispositions of it on behalf of the owner thereof.

    -- 158 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 159 (2) The mudarib shall be trustee of the capital, and a partner in the profits.

  496. 698

    Article 698

    Article (698) (1) If the contract of mudaraba is absolute, the mudarib shall be deemed to have authorisation to work and make dispositions of the capital in the affairs of the mudaraba and ancillary matters in accordance with the prevailing custom in that regard. (2) It shall not be permissible for the mudarib to mix the capital in the mudaraba with his own property nor to give it to another person by way of mudaraba unless there is a custom to the contrary, or unless the owner of the capital has authorised the mudarib to use it as he thinks fit. (3) Likewise it shall not be permissible for him to make a gift of or to lend the capital in the mudaraba, nor to raise a loan whereby the debt becomes greater than the amount of the capital, save by the express permission of the owner of the capital.

  497. 699

    Article 699

    Article (699) If the owner of the capital restricts the mudaraba by certain conditions, those must be observed, and if the mudarib exceeds the permitted limits in his dispositions, the profit shall be distributed as agreed between the partners, and the loss shall fall on the mudarib.

    -- 159 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 160

  498. 704

    Article 704

    Article (704) (1) The owner of the capital shall alone bear any loss, and any provision to the contrary shall be void. (2) If any of the capital in the mudaraba is lost, that shall be accounted for out of the profits, and if the loss exceeds the profits the balance shall be accounted for out of the capital, and the mudarib shall not be liable therefor.

  499. 705

    Article 705

    Article (705) The mudaraba shall terminate in the following circumstances: (1) If the contract is cancelled by either of the contracting parties. (2) If the owner of the capital dismisses the mudarib, and the mudarib may not, after becoming aware of his dismissal, dispose of the property in the mudaraba if it is money, and if it is not money, it shall be permissible for the mudarib to convert it into money. (3) If the expiry of the period of the mudaraba was expressed to continue until a specified time. (4) If one of the contracting parties dies or becomes totally insane or comes under a restriction.

  500. 709

    Article 709

    Article (709) The rules set out in this Part shall be without prejudice to the provisions of any special laws. Chapter Four: Loans

  501. 710

    Chapter Four: Loans

    Article 710

    Article (710) A loan is the granting of ownership of property or fungible things to another with the condition that that other should return its like in amount, kind and description to the lender upon the expiry of the period of the loan.

  502. 711

    Chapter Four: Loans

    Article 711

    Article (711) The borrower shall obtain full ownership of the property lent under the contract even if he does not take possession of it from the lender and he may obtain an order in respect of it if the lender refuses to deliver it to him. The loan shall not become void if any matter arises which prevents the borrower from dealing with the property before the borrower takes possession of it.

  503. 712

    Chapter Four: Loans

    Article 712

    Article (712) (1) The lender must be a person having the capacity to make gifts. (2) A guardian or tutor may not lend to or borrow from the person under his guardianship

    -- 162 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 163 save with the consent of the court.

  504. 714

    Article 714

    Article (714) If the contract of loan provides for a benefit in excess of the essence of the contract otherwise than a guarantee of the rights of the lender, such provision shall be void but the contract shall be valid.

  505. 715

    Article 715

    Article (715) A condition of mortgage (or pledge) or surety in a loan shall be valid.

  506. 716

    Article 716

    Article (716) If third party rights are subsisting (or arise) in the property lent while it is in the hands of the borrower, his obligation to return its like shall cease and he shall have a recourse against the lender for indemnity for any loss sustained by him by reason of such third party right if (the lender) was acting in bad faith.

  507. 717

    Article 717

    Article (717) If a latent defect appears in the property borrowed, the lender shall only be obliged to return its value with that defect.

  508. 718

    Article 718

    Article (718) (1) If the loan has a fixed or usual term, the borrower must return the property to the lender upon the expiry of that period even if no benefit would accrue to him thereby. (2) If there is no term for the loan, the borrower will only be obliged to return the property upon the expiry of such period as enables him to have the usual benefit of such property.

    -- 163 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 164

  509. 719

    Article 719

    Article (719) (1) The borrower shall be bound to return the like of what he has borrowed in amount, type and description upon the expiry of the period of the loan, notwithstanding any difference occurring in the value of the property, at the time and place agreed. (2) If it is impossible to return the (exact) equivalent of the property borrowed, the right of the lender shall be transferred to its value at the time possession is taken of it.

  510. 720

    Article 720

    Article (720) If a number of persons borrow property and one of them takes possession of it with the consent of the others, then none of them may claim against him save for the amount of his share of that which the one received.

  511. 721

    Article 721

    Article (721) (1) The borrower must make satisfaction of the loan at the place where the loan was made unless there is an express or implied agreement to the contrary. (2) If it has been agreed that the loan should be satisfied in another place where the value of the property borrowed is different from the value in the place it was lent, the right of the lender shall be transferred to the value at the place the loan was made. Chapter Five: Accords (settlement of disputes)

  512. 723

    Chapter Five: Accords (settlement of disputes)

    Article 723

    Article (723) (1) The parties to an accord must be competent to make dispositions for consideration in respect of the rights covered by the contract of accord. (2) If the accord involves the waiver of any right, that competence must include the capacity to make gifts.

    -- 164 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 165

  513. 724

    Chapter Five: Accords (settlement of disputes)

    Article 724

    Article (724) The accord of a minor of the age of discretion or of an idiot authorised to make dispositions shall be valid if there is no evident damage to them therein, and the same applies to accords made by guardians and tutors, having regard to the provisions of the special laws.

  514. 726

    Article 726

    Article (726) (1) The consideration for the accord must be ascertained if it requires delivery and receipt. (2) If the consideration for the accord is property or a benefit owned by a third party, the validity of the accord shall depend on the consent of that third party.

  515. 728

    Article 728

    Article (728) If a person makes an accord for part of the thing claimed or a certain amount of that which he claims as against the other, his right to claim the balance shall lapse.

    -- 165 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 166

  516. 729

    Article 729

    Article (729) (1) If two persons reach an accord in a case where each of them claims property in the possession of the other, on the basis that each may keep the property in his possession, the accord shall have the status of a barter transaction, and the validity thereof shall not depend on knowledge of (the amount of) the consideration. (2) Accords shall be governed by the provisions governing contracts most similar thereto in nature as far as concerns the validity and effects thereof.

  517. 730

    Article 730

    Article (730) (1) An accord shall result in the transfer of the rights of the compounding party to the consideration agreed, and the lapse of his right which was the subject matter of the dispute. (2) An accord shall be binding upon both parties to it, and it shall not be permissible for either of them or their heirs to resile from it thereafter.

  518. 731

    Article 731

    Article (731) The effects of an accord shall be restricted to the rights with which it deals and the determination of the dispute thereover, to the exclusion of other matters.

  519. 732

    Article 732

    Article (732) It shall be permissible for the parties to an accord to abrogate it by mutual consent if it is made by way of commutative contract, but it shall not be permissible to abrogate it if it involves the waiver of certain rights.

  520. 734

    Article 734

    Article (734) An aggrieved party of the two compounding parties may, upon denial, set aside the accord in the following circumstances: (1) If the party acting unfairly acknowledges his unfair treatment of the other after the accord is made. (2) If facts become known to the aggrieved party after the accord was made and he swears that he was unaware of such facts at the time the accord was made. (3) If there was evidence not available to such person which could not have been made available during the currency of the proceedings and he testifies upon making the accord that he will adduce that evidence upon its becoming available.

  521. 736

    Article 736

    Article (736) If one of several heirs makes an accord with the debtor of their legator in respect of a debt, then the other heirs may either enter into the same accord, or refrain from doing so and

    -- 167 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 168 claim their rights against the debtor or make an accord with him.

  522. 737

    Article 737

    Article (737) One of several heirs may make an accord in respect of his part of the inheritance by way of part of the legacy provided that the part compounded is available if he is making an accord in respect of an amount equal to or less than his portion, or the whole of the estate is available if he is making an accord in respect of an amount greater than his portion.

  523. 738

    part of the legacy provided that the part compounded is available if he is making an accord: the legacy provided that the part compounded is available if he is making an accord

    Article 738

    Article (738) (1) If one of two (or more) creditors makes an accord with their debtor, the other creditor may refrain from entering into that same accord with him and may have recourse against the debtor for his share, and if he proves unable to pay, he shall have no right of recourse against his co-creditor. (2) The other creditor may enter with his co-creditor who made the accord into that same accord if he has not refused to make an accord, and in that event he shall have a recourse against the debtor for the balance of his share and the compounding creditor shall have a recourse against the debtor for such money as his co-creditor took from him.

  524. 740

    Article 740

    Article (740) In the event that it is impossible to ascertain an unknown, an accord for an ascertained consideration shall be valid if both parties or the debtor alone are in ignorance.

    -- 168 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 169

  525. 742

    Chapter One: Hire

    Article 742

    Article (742) A hire shall be the conferring by the lessor on the lessee of the right of use intended for the thing hired for a specified period in consideration of an ascertained rent. 2- Elements of hire

  526. 743

    Chapter One: Hire

    Article 743

    Article (743) In order for there to be a valid hire, both parties must be of full capacity at the time of the contract.

  527. 744

    Chapter One: Hire

    Article 744

    Article (744) (1) For a hire to be valid, the lessor or the person acting on his behalf must have the right to dispose of that which he is hiring. (2) A hire granted by a voluntary agent (see Article 325 et seq.) shall be dependent upon the consent of the person having the right to dispose of the property upon the conditions laid down.

  528. 745

    Chapter One: Hire

    Article 745

    Article (745) The subject matter of a hire shall be the enjoyment of the use of the property, and delivery thereof shall be effected by delivering the subject matter of hire.

    -- 169 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 170

  529. 746

    Article 746

    Article (746) The enjoyment of use contracted for must satisfy the following conditions: (a) the benefit must be capable of being enjoyed; and (b) it must be sufficiently ascertained for a dispute to be determined.

  530. 747

    Article 747

    Article (747) That from which the enjoyment of use is to be derived must be ascertained either by inspection or by reference to the particular place where it is or by a clear description, otherwise the contract shall be void.

  531. 749

    Article 749

    Article (749) The rent may be property, a debt, or a benefit.

  532. 750

    Article 750

    Article (750) The rent shall be due upon the enjoyment of use being derived, or when it becomes capable of being derived.

  533. 753

    Article 753

    Article (753) Rent shall not be payable in respect of any period expiring prior to delivery of the thing leased unless the lessee is the cause (of non-delivery).

  534. 754

    Article 754

    Article (754) The period of the hire shall commence as at the date agreed in the contract, and if no date is specified, then it shall commence as at the date of the contract.

  535. 755

    Article 755

    Article (755) The period of the hire must be ascertained.

  536. 756

    Article 756

    Article (756) If the contract of hire does not specify the period or if it is impossible to prove the period alleged, the hire shall be deemed to have been made for the period specified for the payment of the rent and to expire upon the expiration of such period upon the request of either of the contracting parties.

  537. 757

    Article 757

    Article (757) If the contract of hire expires and the lessee remains in enjoyment of the thing hired with the knowledge of the lessor and without any objection from him, the hire shall be deemed to have been renewed on the original terms and for a like period.

    -- 171 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 172

  538. 758

    Article 758

    Article (758) It shall be permissible to stipulate that the hire shall be for a future period and such contract shall be binding unless the thing leased is a waqf (charitable endowment) or the property of an orphan, in which event it shall not be permissible for the hire for a future period to commence more than one year from the date of the contract.

  539. 759

    Article 759

    Article (759) If the period of the hire expires, and it is proved that it is necessary to extend it, it shall be extended for as long as the necessity exists, and provided that the lessee shall pay a fair rent therefor.

  540. 760

    Article 760

    Article (760) If the lessor asks the lessee for a specified increase in the named rent after the expiry of the period of the hire, he shall be bound to pay it if the period has expired and he remains in possession of the thing hired without objection. 3- Effects of hire

  541. 763

    Article 763

    Article (763) (1) The lessor must deliver the thing leased together with the appurtenances thereof in such

    -- 172 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 173 condition that the intended benefit may be derived in full. (2) Delivery shall be effected by enabling the lessee to take possession of the thing hired without any obstacle to his enjoyment thereof, with him remaining in continuous possession of it until the period of the lease expires.

  542. 764

    Article 764

    Article (764) The lessor may refuse to give delivery of the thing hired until rent payable in advance is paid.

  543. 765

    Article 765

    Article (765) (1) If a contract of hire is made over a specified thing for a lump sum rent and the number of units thereof is referred to without specifying the rent in respect of each unit thereof, and it appears that the units are greater or less, the rent shall be that specified in the contract without any increase or deduction, and in the event of a shortfall the lessee shall have the option to cancel the contract. (2) If the rent for each unit is specified In the contract the lessee shall be obliged to pay the specified rent for excess units, and the lessor shall be obliged to reduce the specified rent for any units short, and the lessee shall have the option to cancel the contract in either event. (3) Provided that if the amount of the shortfall or excess is slight and does not affect the intended enjoyment, then the lessee shall not have the option to cancel.

  544. 766

    Article 766

    Article (766) The (legal) effects of delivery of goods sold shall apply to delivery of the thing hired and the appurtenances thereof unless the two parties have agreed to the contrary. b- Maintenance of the thing hired

  545. 768

    Article 768

    Article (768) (1) If, with the consent of the lessor, the lessee constructs buildings or makes repairs which benefit the thing hired, or if he maintains that thing, he shall have a recourse therefor for his expenditure up to a generally acceptable level, notwithstanding that there is no express provision that he should have such a right of recourse. (2) If, however, any new construction the lessee makes enures to his personal benefit, he shall have no right recourse against the lessor unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

  546. 770

    Article 770

    Article (770) (1) It shall not be permissible for the lessor to expose the lessee to anything which may disturb his enjoyment during the period of the hire, nor to effect any alteration in the thing hired which may prevent use being made thereof or which may prejudice the beneficial use contracted for, and if he does so, he shall be liable therefor. (2) The liability of the lessor shall not be restricted to acts done by him or those subordinate

    -- 174 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 175 to him, but shall extend to any exposure or damage based on a legal cause emanating from any other lessee or any other person deriving his right from the lessor.

  547. 771

    Article 771

    Article (771) If the interference results in the lessee being deprived of his use of the thing hired in accordance with the contract, he may require that the contract be cancelled or that the rent be reduced, and shall have a claim for damages for the detriment he has suffered.

  548. 772

    Article 772

    Article (772) (1) The lessor shall be liable to the lessee for any defects in the thing hired which prevent or substantially diminish the use made of it, but he shall not be liable for defects which by custom fall within the margin of tolerance. (2) The lessor shall not be liable for a defect if the lessee was aware thereof at the time the contract was made, or if it would have been an easy matter for him to gain knowledge thereof.

  549. 774

    Article 774

    Article (774) The provisions governing the option for defect in property sold shall apply to any defects in property hired in all matters not inconsistent with the nature of hire.

  550. 776

    Article 776

    Article (776) (1) The thing hired shall be regarded as being held in trust by the lessee who shall be liable for any diminution, damage or loss arising out of his default or wrongful act. He must exercise the care of the reasonable man in preserving the same. (2) If there are several lessees, each of them shall be liable for any damage arising out of his wrongful act or default.

  551. 777

    Article 777

    Article (777) (1) It shall not be permissible for a lessee to exceed in his use of the thing hired the bounds of the use agreed in the contract, and if there is no (specific) agreement he shall be bound to use it for the purpose for which it is intended, and in the manner dictated by custom. (2) If in using the thing he exceeds the agreed bounds or acts in breach of custom, he shall be liable for any damage arising out of his act.

  552. 778

    Article 778

    Article (778) (1) It shall not be permissible for the lessee to effect any alteration to the thing hired without the consent of the lessor unless he has a duty to repair the property hired, and provided that he causes no loss to the lessor. (2) If the lessee exceeds that duty he must, upon the expiration of the hire, restore the property hired to the condition in which it was, and must pay compensation if appropriate, all of the above being in the absence of any agreement to the contrary.

  553. 782

    Article 782

    Article (782) (1) If by any act of the competent authorities it becomes impossible to derive full enjoyment from the thing hired through no cause on the part of the lessee, the lease shall be cancelled and the obligation to pay the rent shall cease as from the date of the impossibility arising. (2) If the impossibility affects the enjoyment of part of the property hired in such a way as to affect the enjoyment intended, the lessee may cancel the contract and his obligation to pay the rent shall cease as from the time he notifies the lessor.

    -- 177 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 178

  554. 783

    Article 783

    Article (783) It shall be permissible for the lessee to cancel the contract in the following circumstances: (1) if the performance thereof entails evident harm to his person or property or to any of his subordinates in the enjoyment of the property hired; or (2) if any event occurs which prevents the performance of the contract.

  555. 785

    Article 785

    Article (785) If the lessee has made a new building or planted plants in the thing hired, even with the consent of the lessor, the lessor may, upon the expiration of the hire, either require him to demolish the building or remove the plants, or he may take over ownership of the new buildings or plants placed there for such value as they would have if removed if the destruction or removal thereof would cause harm to the property, and if the demolition or removal would not cause harm to the property, the lessor may not require that they remain there without the consent of the lessee. b- Lending and (sub) hiring the thing hired

  556. 787

    Article 787

    Article (787) It shall not be permissible for a lessee to hire the thing hired either in whole or in part to another person save with the consent or approbation of the lessor.

  557. 788

    Article 788

    Article (788) In the circumstances provided for in the two foregoing Articles, the lessee shall be bound by the conditions of the contract of hire both as to type and time.

  558. 789

    Article 789

    Article (789) If the lessee hires the thing hired with the consent of the lessor, the new lessee shall take the place of the first lessee in respect of all rights and obligations arising under the first contract.

  559. 790

    Article 790

    Article (790) If the contract of hire made with the first lessee is cancelled or expires, his lessor shall have the right to terminate the contract made with the second lessee and to recover the thing hired. 6- The termination of the hire

  560. 791

    Article 791

    Article (791) (1) The hire shall terminate in the two following circumstances: (a) upon the expiration of the period laid down in the contract unless there is a stipulation that it should be renewed automatically; or (b) upon the expiry of the right of beneficial use if the lease is granted by a person who has such right, or the person having the reversionary right. (2) If the contract of hire expires and the lessee continues to enjoy the property hired with the express or implied consent of the lessor, the contract shall be deemed to be renewed upon the original terms.

    -- 179 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 180

  561. 792

    Article 792

    Article (792) If the lessee uses the thing hired without right after the expiration of the period of the hire, he shall be bound to pay a fair rent in respect of the period of the use, and he shall be liable to the lessee over and above that for any harm suffered by the thing hired.

  562. 793

    Article 793

    Article (793) (1) A hire shall not terminate upon the death of either of the contracting parties. (2) However, it shall be permissible for the heirs of the lessee to require the termination of the hire if they establish that the burdens of the hire have, by virtue of the death of their legator, become more burdensome than their resources can sustain, or if it is in excess of their needs. (3) If the hire has been created solely by reason of the occupation of the lessee or for other considerations pertaining to his person, and he then dies, it shall be permissible for his heirs or for the lessor to require that the contract be terminated.

  563. 795

    Article 795

    Article (795) (1) If the thing hired is sold without the consent of the lessee, the sale shall be effective as between the seller and the purchaser, but shall not affect the rights of the lessee. (2) If the lessee consents to or affirms the sale, the sale shall be effective as against him, and he shall be bound to deliver the thing hired unless he has paid the rent in advance, in which case he shall have the right to retain the thing hired until he recovers the equivalent of the

    -- 180 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 181 rent in respect of the balance of the period for which he has not had the enjoyment of the thing hired.

  564. 799

    Part 2: Certain types of hire

    Article 799

    Article (799) It shall be permissible to grant the lease over land with crops on it, and the owner thereof shall be bound to pick and deliver the crops to the lessee in the two following circumstances: (a) if it is sown by virtue of a right and the crops have matured at the time of the lease; or (b) if it is sown without right whether the crops have matured or not.

    -- 181 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 182

  565. 801

    Article 801

    Article (801) (1) If a person takes a lease of land for agriculture, the lease shall embrace all of the rights appurtenant thereto, but agricultural plant and machinery shall not be included therein, nor shall things affixed to the land, save by a provision in the contract. (2) If the contract of lease does embrace agricultural plant, equipment etc., the lessee must maintain the same and use it in such manner as is customary.

  566. 802

    Article 802

    Article (802) If a person takes a piece of land on the basis that he may cultivate thereon what he wishes, he may cultivate it repeatedly during the year, both in summer and in winter.

  567. 803

    Article 803

    Article (803) If the period of a lease over land expires before the crop matures for a reason beyond the control of the lessee, he shall be permitted to remain at a fair rent until the crop matures and is harvested.

  568. 804

    Article 804

    Article (804) The lessee must exploit the agricultural land in accordance with the customary requirements of good husbandry, and he must ensure that the land is left in a suitable condition for profitable use, and he must not make any change which will have a permanent effect on the use that can be made thereof after the expiration of the lease.

  569. 805

    Article 805

    Article (805) (1) The lessor shall be obliged to make such repairs upon which the enjoyment intended depends.

    -- 182 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 183 (2) The lessee must make such repairs as are required by the normal use of the land, and must maintain the irrigation equipment, ditches, roads, bridges and wells. (3) All of the above shall apply unless there is an agreement or a custom to the contrary.

  570. 806

    Article 806

    Article (806) If the land leased is flooded so as to make it impossible to cultivate it or if the water is cut off so as to make it impossible to irrigate it or if the cost thereof becomes excessively onerous, or if an event of force majeure arises which precludes the cultivation thereof, the lessee may cancel the contract, and no rent shall be due from him.

  571. 808

    Article 808

    Article (808) It shall not be permissible to cancel the contract nor to annul the rent or any part thereof if the lessee has received compensation from any party in respect of the damage suffered by him. 2- Muzara'a a- Definition of muzara'a

  572. 810

    Article 810

    Article (810) The following conditions must be satisfied in order for a muzara'a to be valid: (a) the land must be ascertained, and suitable for agriculture; (b) the type of crop or nature of seed must be specified, or the option must be left to the farmer (the non-owning party) to cultivate what he wishes; and (c) the share of each of the parties in the produce must be determined as between them.

  573. 811

    Article 811

    Article (811) It shall not be permissible to make a stipulation that the seed or the tax due upon the land shall be excluded from the principal amount of the produce prior to distribution.

  574. 812

    Article 812

    Article (812) In a muzara'a, the period over which the land is to be cultivated must be such as to coincide with the realisation of the effect desired therefrom, and if it is not so specified the contract shall have effect only in respect of one agricultural period. c- The effects of a muzara'a contract

  575. 813

    Article 813

    Article (813) If a contract of muzara'a is made, the produce shall be jointly owned between the contracting parties, and they shall share therein in the proportion agreed upon.

  576. 814

    Article 814

    Article (814) (1) If a third party right arises in the land subject to a muzara'a after it has been sown, and before the period of the harvest of the crop, and if the parties to the contract were acting in good faith and were unaware of the cause of the arising of the third party right, they may keep the land under the muzara'a until the termination of the season for the crop sown, and the person who provides the land shall be liable for a fair rent to the third party having the entitlement.

    -- 184 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 185 (2) If both parties are acting in bad faith, the third party having the entitlement shall be entitled to remove the crops and to take the land free of any encumbrance, and he shall be under no obligation towards either of them. (3) If the person who has provided the land is alone acting in good faith and the third party having the entitlement does not leave the land to them both at a fair rent until the termination of the season, the following provisions shall apply: (a) if the seed has been provided by the person who provided the land, then he shall be obliged to pay the fair rent to the farmer for his work together with compensation equivalent to the assets which he has put in together with the workers' wages and other expenses as custom may dictate if the contract binds him to perform the foregoing, and any person who has provided the land may protect his position by paying the farmer the value of his share in the crop as left in place until it matures; (b) if the seeds belong to the farmer he shall have a claim, as against the person who provided the land, for the value of his share in the crop as left in place until it matures; or (c) the farmer shall, in either event, whether the seeds were provided by him or by the person who provided the land, have the right to elect to take his share of the crop when picked, and in that event that is all he will be entitled to. d- The obligations of the landowner

  577. 816

    Article 816

    Article (816) (1) The farmer shall be bound to carry out the agricultural works, and to maintain and safeguard the crop, he shall also bear the cost of irrigation channels and the like until the

    -- 185 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 186 time comes to harvest the crop. (2) With regard to the work involved in connection with the crop after it has reached the stage where it is harvestable and thereafter together with the costs to be incurred until the profits are divided, each of the contracting parties shall be liable therefor up to the amount of his share.

  578. 817

    Article 817

    Article (817) (1) The farmer must, in his husbandry and safeguarding of the land and the appurtenances thereto, and of the crop and yield, take the care of the reasonable man. (2) If he defaults in any of the above and damage arises out of such default, he shall be liable therefor.

  579. 819

    Article 819

    Article (819) A contract of muzara'a shall terminate upon the expiration of the period thereof, and if the period thereof expires before the crop matures, the farmer may keep the crop there until it is mature, and he shall be liable to pay a fair rent for the land in the amount of his share in the proceeds in respect of the subsequent period, and the necessary expenditure on the crop

    -- 186 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 187 shall be borne by each of the landowner and the farmer in the proportion of their respective shares.

  580. 820

    Article 820

    Article (820) (1) If the landowner dies before the crop matures, the farmer shall continue to work until the crop matures, and the heirs shall have no right to prevent him. (2) If the farmer dies before the crop matures, his heirs shall take his place in performing the work until the crop matures, notwithstanding any objection made by the land owner.

  581. 822

    Article 822

    Article (822) A musaqah is a contract between a worker and the owner of a tree or crop whereby the worker shall provide his services for the tree or crop for a specified period in consideration for a part share in the yield.

  582. 823

    Article 823

    Article (823) In order for a musaqah to be valid, the share of each of the parties in the proceeds must be calculated according to the proportion of each.

    -- 187 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 188

  583. 824

    Article 824

    Article (824) In order for a musaqah over a tree to be valid, it must be of a kind which will bear fruit in the year of the contract of musaqah, and the fruit must not have become unfit for consumption prior to the musaqah being entered into, nor must it leave any second crop which fruits prior to the earlier fruit being plucked without the cutting of the second crop, and if any of these three conditions are breached the musaqah shall not be valid unless the condition is ancillary to the joint purport of those conditions.

  584. 828

    Article 828

    Article (828) The work and costs required for the musaqah shall be governed by the following provisions unless a contrary agreement is made: (a) works required in the service of a tree, the development of the yield and quality thereof, and the preservation thereof until maturity, such as irrigation, grafting, and acclimatisation shall be the responsibility of the worker, and fixed works not repeated annually such as digging wells and building storehouses for the preservation of the produce shall be the responsibility of the owner of the tree or the crop; (b) financial costs required in the course of exploitation or ordinary care, such as the cost of fertilizers and insecticides until the crop matures shall be borne by the owner of the tree or the crop; and (c) with regard to costs required after the maturity of the crop, such as the costs of harvesting and preservation, those shall be borne by each party in proportion to his share in the yield.

  585. 829

    Article 829

    Article (829) It shall not be permissible for the person providing work under a contract of musaqah to enter into a similar contract with a third party without the permission of the owner of the tree or the crop, and if he does so the owner of the tree or the crop shall have the option as he wishes either to take the whole of the yield and to give the person undertaking the work a quantum meruit reward, or to leave the yield to them both and have recourse against the first worker for reasonable recompense in respect of the subject matter of the musaqah, and to hold him liable for any damage suffered by reason of his act.

    -- 189 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 190

  586. 830

    Article 830

    Article (830) If there is a third party right over the tree, the fruit or the crop, and the contracting parties in the musaqah or either of them have expended money or done work such as to have an effect on the growth of the tree, the fruit or the crop, the following shall apply as the case may be: (1) if the third party having the right affirms the contract of musaqah, he shall take the place of the person providing the tree or the crop vis-à-vis the worker in respect of all rights and obligations arising out of the contract, and the third party having the right shall render unto the person providing the tree or the crop that same amount of useful expense which he has incurred in accordance with custom; (2) if the third party having a right does not affirm the contract and the musaqah has been made in good faith without the knowledge of either of the parties of the cause of the third party right, the third party having the right shall have the option either to take what is due to him and to pay to the worker a fair remuneration and to render unto the person who has provided the tree or the crop such useful expense as he has incurred according to custom, or to leave the yield to them both until the end of the season, and to take from the person who has provided the tree or the crop just compensation according to custom in respect of his loss of use resulting from his having had to wait; (3) if the two contracting parties to a musaqah have acted in bad faith at the time they made the contract, the third party having the right may take what is due to him, and he shall not owe anything to either of the other two parties; or (4) if one of the two parties was acting in bad faith and the other was acting in good faith, the person who was acting in good faith shall have a right to just compensation as against the third party having the right according to custom in respect of any money expended or work done on the tree, the fruit or the crop.

  587. 833

    Article 833

    Article (833) If the worker defaults in carrying out the work which it is stipulated he must do, or as is required by custom, then a deduction shall be made from the proportion due to him out of the yield in proportion to his default in carrying out the work.

  588. 834

    Article 834

    Article (834) The provisions governing muzara'a shall apply to musaqah save in respect of such matters as are governed by the foregoing provisions. 4- Mugharasa (variety of agricultural contract: joint ownership of the land and the crop)

  589. 836

    Article 836

    Article (836) The following conditions must be satisfied in order for a mugharasa to be valid: (1) the mugharasa must be over the fixed roots of the palm or the tree, and not over the annual crop; (2) the type of plant to be planted in the land, whether it be palm or tree, must be specified at the time the contract is made; (3) the extent of participation in the land, and the palm or the tree, must be in an ascertained proportion; and (4) the commencement of the partnership over the tree or the land must be determined to coincide with the tree reaching a certain degree of growth prior to fruiting.

  590. 839

    Article 839

    Article (839) (1) It shall not be permissible for a trustee to take a lease of waqf property for himself, even though it may be at a fair rent, unless the lease is approved by the judge. (2) It shall be permissible for him to grant a lease to his ascendants or descendants at a rent exceeding a fair rent, if the judge consents.

  591. 840

    Article 840

    Article (840) A beneficiary may not grant a lease of the waqf nor may he take the rent therefor

    -- 192 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 193 notwithstanding that he may be the sole person entitled, unless he has been so authorised by the donor or given permission by the person having the right to grant a lease.

  592. 843

    Article 843

    Article (843) (1) It shall not be permissible to grant leases over waqf property at less than a fair rent, and any lease granted at less than such a rent at the time it was made shall be cancelled, unless the lessee agrees to pay a fair rent, and the interests of the waqf are observed in so doing. (2) A fair rent shall be determined by experts as at the time it which the contract was made, and no regard shall be had to any unforeseen change during the period of the contract.

    -- 193 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 194

  593. 844

    Article 844

    Article (844) If an inherent improvement is made to the site of the waqf which results in the fair market rent being substantially increased, in circumstances where any money expended or new buildings or development created by the lessee have played any part therein, the lessee shall have the option either to terminate the contract or to agree to a new fair rent as from the time of the improvement, whether the lease was for development or otherwise.

  594. 847

    Article 847

    Article (847) In matters requiring the consent of the judge, the opinion of the Ministry having jurisdiction in waqf affairs shall be taken as to the best interests of the waqf, prior to the permission being given.

  595. 848

    Article 848

    Article (848) The provisions governing contracts of lease shall apply to leases of waqf property in all matters which do not conflict with the foregoing provisions. Chapter Two: Loans Part 1: General provisions

  596. 849

    Chapter Two: Loans

    Article 849

    Article (849) A loan is the conferring of ownership upon another of the use of a thing without consideration for a specified period or for a specified purpose, with a condition that that thing should be returned after use, and the thing lent shall mean the thing the use of which ownership has been conferred.

  597. 851

    Chapter Two: Loans

    Article 851

    Article (851) A loan must be of a particular thing, suitable for use without the substance thereof being destroyed, and the use thereof must be lawful notwithstanding that it is not such as may be properly sold.

  598. 852

    Chapter Two: Loans

    Article 852

    Article (852) The lender must be the owner of the use of the thing notwithstanding that he may not be the owner of the thing itself, and he must not be under a restriction with regard to the use of

    -- 195 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 196 the thing lent.

  599. 853

    Article 853

    Article (853) The borrower must have the capacity to be the donee of the thing lent.

  600. 854

    Article 854

    Article (854) (1) If the period of the loan is restricted by time or by the use to be made, the lender may not retrieve the thing lent from the borrower prior to the expiration of the period of the loan, and if it is not restricted by time or by the use to be made, he may not retrieve it prior to the expiration of the usual period of the loan of such things. (2) The lender may recover it from the borrower in all circumstances if the use he makes of it is more onerous than the purpose for which it was lent or if he unexpectedly comes to need the thing lent.

  601. 856

    Article 856

    Article (856) It shall not be permissible for a guardian or tutor to lend property of a person under his guardianship, and if either of such persons does lend it, the borrower shall be obliged to pay just remuneration, and if the thing lent is destroyed, the borrower shall be liable therefor.

  602. 858

    Article 858

    Article (858) If a person borrows land to build a building or plant a tree on it for a specified period by (an agreed) condition or by custom, the lender shall, upon the expiration of such period, have the option either to require the borrower to demolish the building or uproot the tree and restore the land to its former condition, or to pay him the value of the building as removed or the value of the tree as uprooted, unless an agreement has been made to the contrary.

  603. 859

    Article 859

    Article (859) The lender shall not have the right to claim hire from the borrower in respect of the thing borrowed after the enjoyment of it has ceased.

  604. 861

    Part 2: Obligations of the borrower

    Article 861

    Article (861) (1) The borrower must preserve the thing lent and safeguard it as he would his own property, without in so doing falling below the standard of care that the reasonable man takes over his own property.

    -- 197 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 198 (2) If he is guilty of a shortcoming in averting any damage to the thing lent which it was in his power to avert, he shall be liable therefor.

  605. 862

    Part 2: Obligations of the borrower

    Article 862

    Article (862) The lender shall bear the costs expended on the thing lent, and shall be responsible for the expenses of returning and transporting it.

  606. 863

    Part 2: Obligations of the borrower

    Article 863

    Article (863) (1) The borrower may make such use of the thing lent as it customary in an unconditional loan not restricted as to time, place or type of use. (2) If the loan is restricted by time or place, he must observe such restriction, and he may not, if the type of use if specified, exceed such amount of use, and in the least damaging way.

  607. 864

    Article 864

    Article (864) (1) If a defect arises in the thing lent as a result of use, the lender shall be bound to make good the loss of value, but he shall not be liable for such loss of value unless it arises out of the use of the thing in a manner contrary to custom. (2) If the borrower exceeds the customary limits applicable to a loan or if he uses it contrary to custom and it is destroyed or damaged, he shall be liable to the lender for such destruction or damage.

  608. 865

    Article 865

    Article (865) It shall not be permissible for the borrower without the consent of the lender to dispose of the thing lent in such a way as to confer upon a third party any right of enjoyment or property right in the thing lent, or to pledge it, hire it out, or the like.

  609. 866

    Article 866

    Article (866) The borrower may deposit the thing lent with a trustworthy person capable of preserving it, and he shall not be liable for the thing if it is destroyed in the hands of such person without

    -- 198 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 199 any wrongful act or default. Part 3: Termination of the loan

  610. 868

    Part 3: Termination of the loan

    Article 868

    Article (868) If the borrower dies having said nothing about the loan, and the thing lent is not found in his estate, the value thereof as at the time of the death shall constitute a liability against the estate.

  611. 869

    Part 3: Termination of the loan

    Article 869

    Article (869) The borrower may return the thing lent prior to the expiration of the period of loan, but if such return is prejudicial to the lender, he shall not be obliged to accept it.

  612. 870

    Part 3: Termination of the loan

    Article 870

    Article (870) (1) If the loan is cancelled or terminates, lender must return the thing lent to the owner, and he must make no further use of it unless the law permits him to retain it. (2) If the loan terminates by reason of the death of the borrower, his heirs shall be bound to deliver it to the lender upon demand.

  613. 872

    Chapter One: Muqawala (contract to make a thing or to perform a task)

    Article 872

    Article (872) A muqawala is a contract whereby one of the parties thereto undertakes to make a thing or to perform work in consideration which the other party undertakes to provide.

  614. 873

    Chapter One: Muqawala (contract to make a thing or to perform a task)

    Article 873

    Article (873) (1) The agreement in a muqawala contract may be restricted to the contractor undertaking to provide work on condition that the employer provides the materials to be used, or that (the contractor) makes use of them in carrying out his work. (2) It shall also be permissible for the contractor to provide the materials and the work.

  615. 874

    Chapter One: Muqawala (contract to make a thing or to perform a task)

    Article 874

    Article (874) In a muqawala contract, there must be a description of the subject matter of the contract, and particulars must be given of the type and amount thereof, the manner of performance, and the period over which it is to be performed, and the consideration must be specified. Part 2: Effects of a muqawala 1- Obligations of the contractor

  616. 875

    Part 2: Effects of a muqawala

    Article 875

    Article (875) (1) If the employer stipulates that the contractor should provide the materials for the work, either in whole or in part, he shall be liable for the quality thereof in accordance with the conditions of the contract if any, or in accordance with current practice. (2) If it is the employer who is bound to provide the materials for the work, the contractor

    -- 200 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 201 must take due care of them and observe proper technical standards in his work, and return the balance of the materials to the owner, and if he makes default and the materials are destroyed, damaged or lost, he shall be liable therefor.

  617. 876

    Article 876

    Article (876) The contractor must provide at his own expense such additional equipment and tools as are necessary to complete the work, unless there is an agreement or custom to the contrary.

  618. 878

    Article 878

    Article (878) The contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage resulting from his act or work whether arising through his wrongful act or default or not, but he shall not be liable if it arises out of an event which could not have been prevented.

  619. 879

    Article 879

    Article (879) (1) If the work of the contractor produces (a beneficial) effect on the property in question, he may retain it until the consideration due is paid, and if it is lost in his hands prior to payment of the consideration, he shall not be liable to the loss, nor shall he be entitled to the consideration. (2) If his work produces no (beneficial) effect on the property, he shall not have the right to

    -- 201 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 202 retain it pending payment of the consideration, and if he does so and the property is lost, he shall be liable in the same manner as if he had misappropriated it.

  620. 881

    Article 881

    Article (881) If the work of the architect is restricted to making the plans to the exclusion of supervising the execution, he shall be liable only for defects in the plans.

  621. 883

    Article 883

    Article 883 No claim for compensation shall be heard after the expiration of three years from the collapse or the discovery of the defect.

    -- 202 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 203 2- Obligations of the employer

  622. 884

    Article 884

    Article (884) The employer shall be bound to take delivery of the work done when the contractor has completed it and placed it at his disposal, and if, without lawful reason, he refuses, despite being given official notice, to take delivery, and the property is destroyed or damaged in the hands of the contractor without any wrongful act or default on his part, the contractor shall not be liable.

  623. 885

    Article 885

    Article (885) The employer shall be obliged to pay the consideration upon delivery of the property contracted for, unless there is an agreement or a custom to the contrary.

  624. 886

    Article 886

    Article (886) (1) If a contract is made under an itemised list on the basis of unit prices and it appears during the course of the work that it is necessary for the execution of the plan agreed substantially to exceed the quantities on the itemised list, the contractor must immediately notify the employer thereof, setting out the increased price expected, and if he does not do so he shall lose his right to recover the excess cost over and above the value of the itemised list. (2) If the excess required to be performed in carrying out the plan is substantial, the employer may withdraw from the contract and suspend the execution, but he must do so without delay and must pay the contractor the value of the work he has carried out, assessed in accordance with the conditions of the contract.

  625. 888

    Article 888

    Article (888) If the consideration for the work is not specified in a contract, the contractor shall be entitled to fair remuneration, together with the value of the materials he has provided as required by the work.

  626. 889

    Article 889

    Article (889) (1) If the architect who has planned the building and supervised the performance thereof has not agreed upon a fee, he shall be entitled to fair remuneration in accordance with custom. (2) If any unforeseen event occurs which prevents the completion of the performance of the work in accordance with the plan prepared, he shall be entitled to fair remuneration for what he has done. Part 3: Subcontracting

  627. 890

    Part 3: Subcontracting

    Article 890

    Article (890) (1) A contractor may entrust the performance of the whole or part of the work to another contractor unless he is prevented from so doing by a condition of the contract, or unless the nature of the work requires that he do it in person. (2) The first contractor shall remain liable as towards the employer.

  628. 893

    Part 4: Termination of a muqawala

    Article 893

    Article (893) If any cause arises preventing the performance of the contract or the completion of the performance thereof, either of the contracting parties may require that the contract be cancelled or terminated as the case may be.

  629. 894

    Part 4: Termination of a muqawala

    Article 894

    Article (894) If the contractor commences to perform the work and then becomes incapable of completing it for a cause in which he played no part, he shall be entitled to the value of the work which he has completed and the expenses he has incurred in the performance thereof up to the amount of the benefit the employer has derived therefrom.

  630. 895

    Part 4: Termination of a muqawala

    Article 895

    Article (895) A party injured by the cancellation may make a claim for compensation against the other party to the extent allowed by custom.

  631. 899

    Article 899

    Article (899) The period of employment shall commence as of the time specified in the contract, and if no time is specified then it shall commence as from the date of the contract unless a contrary effect is dictated by custom or the circumstances of the contract.

  632. 900

    Article 900

    Article (900) (1) If the contract of employment is for a specified period it shall determine immediately upon the expiration of such period, but if both parties continue to perform the contract after

    -- 206 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 207 the expiration of the period thereof, that fact shall be deemed to constitute a renewal of the contract for an unspecified period. (2) If the contract of employment is for the performance of a particular job of work, it shall terminate when that job is completed. If the work is of its nature such as is repeatable, and the contract continues to be performed after the completion of the work agreed upon, the contract shall be deemed to have been impliedly renewed for the period necessary to undertake the same work again.

  633. 901

    Article 901

    Article (901) (1) The remuneration of a worker is the property or benefit he receives under the contract, whatever form that may take. (2) If the remuneration is not assessed in the contract, the worker shall be entitled to a fair remuneration in accordance with custom, and if there is no such custom, the judge shall have jurisdiction to assess the same in accord ance with the requirements of justice.

  634. 903

    Article 903

    Article (903) If a person performs work at the request of another without any agreement as to remuneration, he shall be entitled to a just remuneration if he is a person who (normally) works for remuneration, but otherwise he shall not be entitled to any remuneration.

  635. 904

    Article 904

    Article (904) If the work contracted for is the teaching of a thing in such a way that the learner assists the teacher, and the contract does not specify which of them is entitled to remuneration from the other, then the custom of those engaged in similar activities at the place of work shall be followed. Part 2: The effects of a contract of employment 1- Obligations of the employee

  636. 906

    Part 2: The effects of a contract of employment

    Article 906

    Article (906) The employer shall be bound by all customs relating to the work, notwithstanding that the same may not have been stipulated in the contract.

  637. 907

    Article 907

    Article (907) It shall not be permissible for the employee to do any other work during his working hours, nor may he, during the period of the contract, work for another employer, otherwise it shall be permissible for the employer to cancel the contract or to reduce his remuneration to the extent that the worker has defaulted in working for him.

  638. 908

    Article 908

    Article (908) The employee shall be liable to the employer for any shortfall, damage or loss to the property of the latter by reason of any default or wrongful act on his part.

  639. 910

    Article 910

    Article (910) If both parties agree that the employee should be liable in the event that he is in breach of his agreement not to compete, and such liability is fixed at an exorbitant amount in such a way as to compel him to remain with the employer, such a provision shall be invalid.

  640. 914

    Article 914

    Article (914) If an employer asks another person to perform work on the basis that he will be rewarded, he shall be obliged to give him just remuneration whether such person is one who (normally) works for remuneration or not.

  641. 915

    Article 915

    Article (915) An employer shall be bound to feed his employee or to clothe him if custom so requires, whether the same is made a condition of the contract or not.

  642. 916

    Article 916

    Article (916) If the specified period of the contract of employment expires and there are reasonable grounds for extending the period thereof, the contract shall be extended so long as may be necessary, and the employer shall be liable to pay the remuneration for the additional period.

  643. 918

    Article 918

    Article (918) Both the employer and the employee must abide by their obligations as laid down by special laws, as well as their obligations as laid down in the foregoing Articles. Part 3: Termination of the contract of employment

  644. 919

    Part 3: Termination of the contract of employment

    Article 919

    Article (919) (1) A contract of employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the period laid down therefor unless it is stipulated that it should be renewed, and likewise it shall terminate upon the completion of the work agreed, without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 898 and 900. (2) If the period is not specified by agreement or determined by the nature of the work or the purpose thereof, either of the contracting parties may terminate the contract as any time on condition that he gives notice to the other party of his intention to do so within a reasonable period prior to the termination of the contract.

  645. 921

    Article 921

    Article (921) The contract shall terminate upon the death of the employee, and it shall likewise terminate upon the death of the employer, if the personality of either of them was a material factor in

    -- 212 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 213 the conclusion of the contract.

  646. 922

    Article 922

    Article (922) (1) No claims arising out of a contract of employment shall be heard after the expiration of one year from the date of the termination of the contract. (2) Such period shall not apply to claims relating to breach of confidence in relation to trade secrets.

  647. 923

    Article 923

    Article (923) (1) The provisions relating to hire shall apply to a contract of employment in all matters not governed by a special provision. (2) The provisions governing contracts of employment shall not apply to employees subject to the Labour Law save to the extent that what they do not expressly or impliedly conflict with the special legislation relating thereto. Chapter Three: Contract of agency Part 1: General provisions

  648. 924

    Chapter Three: Contract of agency

    Article 924

    Article (924) Agency is a contract whereby the principal puts another person in the place of himself in an ascertained, permitted dealing.

  649. 925

    Chapter Three: Contract of agency

    Article 925

    Article (925) (1) The following conditions must be satisfied for an agency to be valid:‑ (a) the principal has the right to deal himself in the matter which he delegates; (b) the agent is not prohibited in dealing in the matter delegated to him; and (c) the subject matter of the agency must be ascertained, and must be such as is capable of being performed by proxy. (2) An agency to appear in legal proceedings does not require the consent of the opposing party.

    -- 213 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 214

  650. 926

    Chapter Three: Contract of agency

    Article 926

    Article (926) An agency may properly be absolute (general) or restricted (special), or dependent upon a condition, or deferred to a time in the future.

  651. 927

    Article 927

    Article (927) (1) An agency shall be particular (special) if it is restricted to one or more specified matters, and shall be general if it includes everything which may be done by proxy. (2) If it is particular, the agent may carry out only those matters specified in it, and things necessarily incidental to such matters required by the nature of the dealings delegated, or by current usage. (3) If it is general, the agent may make contracts and transact dealings, with the exception of making gifts, for which he must obtain authority.

  652. 928

    Article 928

    Article (928) If the agency is granted by general words with no clear indication as to the purpose of it, then the agent will only be authorised to carry out administrative acts, and to hold property.

  653. 929

    Article 929

    Article (929) Any act which is not an administrative act or the holding of property requires the grant of a special agency specifying the kind of act and the dealings to be performed under the agency.

  654. 930

    Article 930

    Article (930) Subsequent permission for a dealing shall be regarded as a prior grant of agency. Part 2: The effects of agency 1- Obligations of the agent

  655. 931

    Part 2: The effects of agency

    Article 931

    Article (931) By virtue of the contract of agency the agent shall have the power to conduct dealings within the scope of the agency and may not go beyond those limits save as may result in a greater

    -- 214 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 215 benefit to the principal.

  656. 932

    Part 2: The effects of agency

    Article 932

    Article (932) (1) If the agency is gratuitous, the agent must exercise in carrying it out such care as he would in his private affairs. (2) If the agency is for remuneration, the agent must exercise in carrying it out the care of the reasonable man.

  657. 935

    Article 935

    Article (935) Contracts involving gifts, loans, pledges, deposits, partnerships, sleeping partnerships or composition of disputes after denial made by the agent shall not be valid unless made in the name of the principal.

  658. 936

    Article 936

    Article (936) (1) The contract need not be made in the name of the principal if it is a contract of sale, purchase, lease, or settlement by way of acknowledgement, and if the agent does make such contracts in the name of the principal within the limits of the agency the rights arising thereunder shall accrue to the principal, and if he makes it in his own name without disclosing that he is acting in his capacity as an agent, the rights under the contract shall vest in him. (2) In both cases the benefit of the contract shall enure to the principal.

  659. 937

    Article 937

    Article (937) Property collected by an agent on account of the principal shall be deemed to be a deposit, and if it is lost while in his possession without any infringement or default on his part, then he shall not be liable for it.

  660. 938

    Article 938

    Article (938) A person appointed as agent to receive property shall not have the right to take legal proceedings, and an agent appointed to take legal proceedings shall not have the right to receive property, save with special permission from the principal.

  661. 939

    Article 939

    Article (939) In legal proceedings it shall not be permissible to appoint an attorney who is the enemy of the opposing party.

    -- 216 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 217

  662. 940

    Article 940

    Article (940) (1) A person entrusted with the purchase of a thing at an unspecified price may purchase it for a fair price, or with a slight cheating, in the case of things which do not have a fixed price. (2) If a purchase is made of things which have a fixed price, and there is a slight cheating, or if any purchase is made and there is gross cheating, the contract shall not be effective as against the principal. [Note: "Cheating" in this context is a reference to an unfair price taken or given by one party where the other party is ignorant of that market. It does not indicate fraud].

  663. 941

    Article 941

    Article (941) (1) It shall not be permissible for an agent instructed to buy a specified thing to buy it for himself, and the purchase shall be for the principal even if he has given authorisation that (the agent) may purchase it for himself. (2) It shall not be permissible for a purchasing agent to sell his own property to his principal.

  664. 943

    Article 943

    Article (943) (1) If a purchasing agent pays the price of the goods bought out of his own money, he shall have a right of recourse for it against his principal together with the reasonable amount of expenses incurred in carrying out the agency. (2) He may retain what he has purchased until he receives the price.

  665. 944

    Article 944

    Article (944) (1) The agent who is instructed to sell the property of his principal without the price being

    -- 217 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 218 specified may sell it at an appropriate price. (2) If the principal specifies a sale price to him, he may not sell it at a lower price. (3) If he sells the property at a lower price without prior consent or subsequent ratification from the principal and delivers it to the purchaser, then the principal shall have the option between recovering the thing sold, and recovering the amount of the shortfall from the agent.

  666. 945

    Article 945

    Article (945) (1) It shall not be permissible for a selling agent to purchase for himself that which he is instructed to sell. (2) He may not sell it to his ascendants, descendants or spouse, or to a person out of dealing with whom he derives an advantage, or to whom he pays a premium, save at an amount greater than the fair price. It shall be permissible to sell to such persons at a fair price if the principal has authorised him to sell to whomever he wishes.

  667. 946

    Article 946

    Article (946) (1) If a selling agent is not restricted to a cash sale, he may sell the property of his principal for cash or on credit in accordance with custom. (2) If the agent sells on credit, he may take a pledge or security from the purchaser for the goods sold on credit, notwithstanding that the principal may not have authorised him to do so.

  668. 947

    Article 947

    Article (947) (1) The principal shall have the right to receive the price of the goods sold from the purchaser even if he receives it in the name of the agent, and the purchaser may refuse to pay the principal, but if he does pay him, he shall be discharged. (2) If the agent is not being remunerated, he shall not be obliged to recover or get in the price of the thing sold, but he shall be obliged to authorise the principal to collect the price. (3) If the agent is being remunerated, he shall be obliged to get in the price.

    -- 218 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 219

  669. 948

    Article 948

    Article (948) The agent shall be obliged to provide his principal with the necessary information as to the result achieved in the carrying out of his agency, and to provide him with an account of it. 2- Obligations of the principal

  670. 949

    Article 949

    Article (949) The principal must pay the agreed remuneration to the agent when he carries out the work, and if no remuneration has been agreed and the agent is the one who does such work for remuneration he shall be paid fairly, otherwise the agency shall be gratituous.

  671. 950

    Article 950

    Article (950) The principal must reimburse to the agent the reasonable expenses he has incurred in carrying out his agency.

  672. 951

    Article 951

    Article (951) (1) The principal shall be responsible for all of the obligations devolving upon the agent in the course of the normal carrying out of the agency. (2) He shall be responsible for all loss suffered by the agent by reason of the ordinary carrying out of the agency, unless it arises out of the agent's default or error.

  673. 953

    Article 953

    Article (953) The provisions relating to contracting by proxy laid down in this law shall apply to the relationship between the principal and the agent with another who deals with the agent. Part 3: The termination of the agency

  674. 954

    Part 3: The termination of the agency

    Article 954

    Article (954) The agency shall terminate: (a) upon the completion of the work which was delegated; (b) upon the expiration of the time fixed for it; (c) upon the death of the principal or his ceasing to have legal capacity, notwithstanding that third party rights may have arisen in respect of the agency, save in the case of an agency for selling or pledging if the pledgor has deputed the relevant court official or the pledgee to sell the thing pledged upon the expiration of the period of the pledge; or (d) upon the death of the agent or upon his ceasing to be of legal capacity, notwithstanding that third party rights may have arisen in respect of the agency. However, an heir or guardian must, if he knows of the agency and is of full capacity, notify the principal of the death and take such steps as the circumstances require in the principal's interests.

  675. 956

    Article 956

    Article (956) The principal must indemnify the agent against any loss suffered by him arising out of his being dismissed at an inappropriate time or without acceptable justification.

    -- 220 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 221

  676. 957

    Article 957

    Article (957) The agent may dismiss himself from the agency if no third party rights have arisen in respect thereof. He must so notify his principal and must continue any work he has begun until it reaches a stage at which there is no fear that the principal will be prejudiced.

  677. 958

    Article 958

    Article (958) (1) The agent must give an indemnity for any damage to the principal arising out of his abandoning the agency at an inappropriate time or without justification, if the agency was for remuneration. (2) If there are third party rights subsisting in respect of the agency, the agent must do that which he was instructed to do unless there are serious reasons justifying the abandonment. He must in that event notify the person having the right and defer (the abandonment) to such time as will enable him to protect his interests.

  678. 959

    Article 959

    Article (959) The agent for legal proceedings shall be dismissed if he makes an admission against his principal otherwise than before the court, and he shall likewise be dismissed if his agency does not entitle him to make such admission and he does in fact make it either before the court or elsewhere.

  679. 960

    Article 960

    Article (960) If an agent for legal proceedings acts in that which he was instructed to do after learning of his dismissal, he shall be bound to indemnify (in respect of the results), and if he acts therein before learning of his dismissal his acts shall be valid.

  680. 967

    Part 2: The effects of the contract

    Article 967

    Article (967) (1) The bailee must, in the safekeeping of the property bailed, take the care of the reasonable man in and about the safekeeping of his own property, and he must place it in a place of safety appropriate to such property. (2) He may keep it himself, or entrust the safekeeping to a person of such reliability as he would entrust his own property to him.

  681. 968

    Part 2: The effects of the contract

    Article 968

    Article (968) (1) The bailee may not bail the property bailed to another person without the consent of the bailor unless he is compelled to do so, and he must recover the property after the cause of such compulsion has ceased. (2) If he deposits the property with another person with the consent of the bailor, the latter shall assume the obligations of the first bailee and shall become the bailee.

  682. 969

    Article 969

    Article (969) The bailee may not use the property bailed or create any third party right over it without the consent of the bailor, and if he does so and the thing is damaged or the value thereof is diminished, he shall be liable therefor.

  683. 971

    Article 971

    Article (971) (1) If the bailee lends or trades in the property bailed without the consent of the bailor, he shall be liable for it and his liability shall not be discharged save by returning like property to the place at which the bailment was made if it is a fungible, or by returning the value thereof to the bailor, and not at the place of bailment if it is a non-fungible, and any profit shall belong to the bailee in the event that he has traded with it. (2) If he lends or trades in it with the consent of the bailor, then the property shall change its status from being bailed to being a debt owed by the bailee, and he shall not be discharged from it save by returning similar property if it is fungible or the value thereof if it is non-fungible to the bailor, and not to the place at which the bailment was made. (3) If he lends or trades in part of the property bailed, he shall be liable as aforesaid in accordance with the circumstances, and the remainder of the property shall retain its status as property bailed.

  684. 974

    Article 974

    Article (974) If the property bailed is damaged in the hands of the bailee through his fault, he shall be liable therefor.

    -- 224 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 225

  685. 975

    Article 975

    Article (975) (1) If the bailee mixes the property bailed with something else from which it is impossible to distinguish it and the other goods are not similar to the goods bailed in type or description, he shall be liable therefor as soon as it becomes mixed, but if it is not impossible to distinguish it or if the mixture is with goods of a similar type and description, he shall not be liable therefor. (2) In that event, if part of the mixed goods are destroyed, they shall be divided between the two parties in the proportion owned by each of them until the good has become separated from the damaged, and the loss shall be borne by the owners (in their respective proportions).

  686. 976

    Article 976

    Article (976) If the property bailed is lost or stolen from the bailee by reason of his failure in the manner of safekeeping either agreed upon or dictated by custom for the safekeeping of such property or by his forgetting it in the place where he has left it or if he has gone somewhere with it notwithstanding that it was possible for him to place it in his house or with a trustworthy person prior to going to such other place, he shall in all circumstances be liable.

  687. 977

    Article 977

    Article (977) (1) If the bailee goes with the property bailed to return it to the bailor or if he sends it to him without his consent then in either event if it is lost or damaged in his hands or in the hands of the messenger while on the way he shall be liable for it. (2) If they are in dispute as to whether permission had been given or not, the evidence of the bailor on his oath shall be preferred.

  688. 980

    Article 980

    Article (980) If there are several bailees and the property bailed is indivisible, it shall be permissible for it to be kept with one of them with the consent of the rest or kept alternately by each of them, and if it is divisible it shall be permissible to divide it between them, for each to keep his portion.

  689. 981

    Article 981

    Article (981) If the bailor goes missing and cannot be found, the bailee must safeguard the property bailed until it is ascertained whether the bailor is alive or dead, and if the property bailed is such as will perish by the passage of time, he must make an application to the judge for the sale thereof and must keep the price in trust with the court treasury.

  690. 982

    Article 982

    Article (982) (1) If two people bail property owned in common between them with another person and one of those two persons demands the return of his portion in the absence of the other, he

    -- 226 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 227 must return it if the property is fungible, and must refuse to return it if the property is non-fungible, unless the other of the two agrees. (2) If the property bailed is the subject of a dispute between the two bailors, he may not return the property to either of them without the consent of the other or without the order of the court.

  691. 983

    Article 983

    Article (983) (1) If the bailee dies and the actual property bailed is found in his estate, it shall be held in trust in the hands of the heir, and he must return it to the owner. (2) If the actual property bailed is not found, there shall be no liability on the estate: (a) if the heir proves that the bailee has made a declaration as to what has happened to the property bailed, such as that it has been returned, or was lost or destroyed while in his hands without any wrongful act or default on his part; or (b) if the heir knows the property and can identify it, and shows that it was lost or destroyed after the death of the legator without any wrongful act or default on his part. (3) If the bailee dies and it is not known what has happened to the property bailed and it is not found in his estate, the property shall constitute a liability as against the estate, and the owner shall rank with the ordinary creditors.

  692. 984

    Article 984

    Article (984) (1) If the bailee dies and his heir sells the property bailed and delivers it to the purchaser and it is lost, the owner of the property shall have the election to hold either the seller or the purchaser liable for the value thereof as at the date of the sale if it is a non-fungible, or for similar property if it is fungible. (2) If the property bailed is still in existence in the hands of the purchaser, the owner shall have the option as the wishes either to retrieve it and reject the sale, or to affirm the sale and receive the price thereof.

  693. 985

    Article 985

    Article (985) If there is found in the estate of the deceased property on which it is written in the hand of

    -- 227 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 228 the deceased or of the bailor that it is property bailed and is owned by the bailor, and the amount thereof is specified and it is found to be short of that amount, the shortfall shall be recoverable from the estate of the deceased if it is known that he has disposed of (part of) the property bailed. 2- Obligations of the bailor

  694. 989

    Article 989

    Article (989) (1) The bailor must bear the expenses of the return of the property bailed, and the costs of delivery. (2) He shall be liable to the bailee for any damage the latter may have suffered by reason of the property bailed unless arising out of any wrongful act or default on his part.

    -- 228 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 229

  695. 990

    Article 990

    Article (990) If there is a third party right over the goods bailed and the bailee satisfies that right, he shall have a right of recourse against the bailor in respect thereof.

  696. 991

    Article 991

    Article (991) If the bailor dies, the property bailed shall be delivered to his heir unless his estate is insolvent, in which event the property may not be delivered without the consent of the judge. Part 3: Provisions relating to certain types of bailment

  697. 992

    Part 3: Provisions relating to certain types of bailment

    Article 992

    Article (992) If the property bailed is a sum of money or a thing which can be destroyed by use and the bailor permits the bailee to use it, it shall be regarded as a contract of loan.

  698. 993

    Part 3: Provisions relating to certain types of bailment

    Article 993

    Article (993) (1) The deposit of property belonging to guests at hotels or the like shall be deemed to be accompanied by a provision of liability, and the owners of such establishments shall be liable for any loss or damage occurring therein. (2) With regard to valuables, money or valuable securities, there shall be no liability in respect thereof in the absence of any wrongful act or default unless the owners of the said establishments agree to preserve them with knowledge of their value or unless they refuse without justification to hold them in safekeeping or if they or those working under them have been instrumental through their own gross default in the loss suffered, and in that event they shall be liable up to a generally accepted extent.

  699. 994

    Article 994

    Article (994) (1) Guests at hotels or the like must notify the owners of any loss or theft from them before they leave the establishment. (2) No claim of liability for loss or theft shall be heard after the expiration of six months from

    -- 229 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 230 the date the guest leaves.

  700. 996

    Article 996

    Article (996) (1) If the bailee becomes insane without hope of cure or recovery and the bailor proves the bailment to the guardian or protector and the specific property is found, it shall be returned to the owner, but if it is not found then the bailor shall recover compensation out of the property of the insane person, on condition that he furnishes suitable security. (2) If the bailee recovers from his insanity and he alleges that the property bailed has been returned or destroyed without any wrongful act or default on his part, he shall be believed upon his oath and any property taken in lieu of the property bailed shall be recovered from the bailor or his surety. Chapter Five: Custodial Contract Part 1: General provisions

  701. 998

    Chapter Five: Custodial Contract

    Article 998

    Article (998) If the contracting parties agree to place the property in the hands of two or more persons, it shall not be permissible for any one of them acting individually to keep it or to dispose of the yield thereof without the consent of the remaining persons.

  702. 999

    Chapter Five: Custodial Contract

    Article 999

    Article (999) Either of the parties to a dispute over property may, in the absence of agreement, make an application to the judge in order to avert an imminent risk or in reliance on a just cause to appoint a guardian to take delivery of such property to safeguard and manage it, and for him to be entrusted with the exercise of any right which the judge regards as being in the interests of both parties.

  703. 1002

    Part 2: Obligations and rights of the stakeholders

    Article 1002

    Article (1002) Property in the hands of the custodian shall be held by him in trust, and he may not in the exercise of his duties exceed the limit laid down for him, otherwise he will be liable.

  704. 1003

    Part 2: Obligations and rights of the stakeholders

    Article 1003

    Article (1003) The agreement or the order of the court creating the custodianship shall specify the rights, obligations and powers of the custodian, failing which the provisions governing bailment and agency shall apply to the extent that they do not conflict with the nature of custodianship and the provisions of this Part.

  705. 1005

    Part 2: Obligations and rights of the stakeholders

    Article 1005

    Article (1005) The custodian may not, otherwise than in the course of safeguarding or administering the property, make any disposition thereover save with the consent of the parties to the dispute or by leave of the court, unless there is a compelling necessity giving rise to a fear that the produce or moveable property may be damaged or destroyed.

  706. 1006

    Article 1006

    Article (1006) The custodian shall be bound to provide the persons concerned with the necessary information concerning the execution of his function, and he must give an account thereof at the times and in the manner agreed by the parties or ordered by the court.

  707. 1007

    Article 1007

    Article (1007) A custodian shall be entitled to proper recompense for the monies he has expended in the performance of his duties.

    -- 232 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 233

  708. 1009

    Article 1009

    Article (1009) The custodian may discharge himself of his functions when he wishes; provided that he gives notice to the parties concerned and continues to carry out the work he has commenced until it reaches a stage where his ceasing will not cause any prejudice to the parties to the dispute.

  709. 1012

    Part 3: Termination of the custodianship

    Article 1012

    Article (1012) A competition (for reward) is a contract whereby a person is obliged to pay a sum of money or gives some other thing by way of agreed recompense to a person who succeeds in

    -- 233 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 234 achieving the object specified in the contract.

  710. 1014

    Chapter One: Betting and gambling

    Article 1014

    Article (1014) The following conditions must be satisfied for a contract of competition to be valid: (a) the prize must be known and the person who is obliged to give it must be specified in person; and (b) the description of the subject matter of the contract must be sufficient for the avoidance of uncertainty, as in a race, where the distance between the start and the finish must be specified, and, in the case of a shooting match, the number of shots and the winning it must be defined.

  711. 1015

    Article 1015

    Article (1015) The prize may be specified property, or a debt which is immediately payable or deferred, or partly payable immediately and partly deferred.

  712. 1016

    Article 1016

    Article (1016) If a race takes place for a prize, the race shall be a contract immediately binding on the participants, and neither of them may dissolve such contract save by mutual consent.

  713. 1017

    Article 1017

    Article (1017) If the competition is between two persons or groups, the prize may be provided by one of them or by a third party, and each team shall be regarded as a single person so far as concerns the obligation to provide the prize.

    -- 234 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 235

  714. 1020

    Article 1020

    Article (1020) If the arrow of one of the contestants strikes an obstacle in its passage to the target, or if his horse or camel is struck on the face or if his whip with which he is spurring the animal is wrested from his grasp, and the horse or camel is slowed down, he shall not be deemed in those circumstances to have been beaten, but if he forgets his whip before mounting or if it falls from his hand and the speed of his mount is thereby reduced, he shall be regarded as having been beaten.

  715. 1021

    Article 1021

    Article (1021) (1) Any contract of gambling or for a prohibited competition shall be void. (2) Whoever loses a bet or a prohibited competition may recover what he has paid within a period of six months commencing from the time at which he paid over what he lost, notwithstanding that there may be an agreement to the contrary, and he may prove his claim by all proper means. Chapter Two: Payments for life

  716. 1022

    Chapter Two: Payments for life

    Article 1022

    Article (1022) (1) It shall be permissible for a person to undertake to another to pay him a periodical

    -- 235 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 236 income so long as he lives, without consideration. (2) If the obligation relates to teaching, medical treatment or an agreement, it must be performed in accordance with custom, unless the obligation contains a contrary stipulation. (3) The contract must be written in order to be valid.

  717. 1023

    Chapter Two: Payments for life

    Article 1023

    Article (1023) (1) It shall be permissible for the obligation to pay the income to be for the life of the obligor or the obligee or of another person. (2) If the obligation is silent on the point, it shall be deemed to extend for the life of the obligor, unless a contrary agreement is made.

  718. 1024

    Article 1024

    Article (1024) If the obligor does not comply with his obligation, the other party may require that the contract be enforced.

  719. 1027

    Article 1027

    Article (1027) Without prejudice to the provisions of the foregoing Article, it shall be permissible to effect insurance against risks arising out of personal accidents, accidents at work, theft, breach of trust, insurance for vehicles, civil liability, and all events which by custom and the special laws may be insured against.

  720. 1029

    Article 1029

    Article (1029) (1) It shall be permissible for the insurer to be exempted from liability if the beneficiary has paid an indemnity to the injured party without the consent of the insurer. (2) It shall not be permissible to rely on such agreement if it is shown that the payment of the indemnity was made for the benefit of the insurer.

  721. 1030

    Article 1030

    Article (1030) It shall be permissible for the insurer to take the place of the assured in respect of any indemnity paid to him for loss, in bringing the claim of the assured against the person who caused the loss out of which the liability of the insurer arose, unless the person who caused the loss was an ascendant or descendant of the assured, or his spouse, or somebody living in one household with him, or a person for whose acts the assured is responsible.

  722. 1031

    Article 1031

    Article (1031) Special provisions governing various contracts of insurance not contained in this law shall be dealt with by special laws. Part 2: Effects of the contract 1- Obligations of the assured

  723. 1033

    Part 2: Effects of the contract

    Article 1033

    Article (1033) (1) If the assured acting in bad faith conceals any matter or provides incorrect information

    -- 238 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 239 such as to lessen the degree of the risk insured against, or to vary the subject matter thereof, or if he fraudulently fails to discharge any obligation he has undertaken, the insurer may require that the contract be cancelled, and he shall be entitled to keep any instalments which fell due prior to such requirement. (2) If fraud or bad faith is disproved, then the insurer must, when he requires that the contract be cancelled, return to the assured the premiums he has paid, or return such part thereof in respect of which the insurer was not on risk. 2- Obligations of the insurer

  724. 1034

    Article 1034

    Article (1034) The insurer must pay the indemnity or the sum due to the assured or the beneficiary in the manner agreed upon when the risk materialises or when the time specified in the contract comes.

  725. 1035

    Article 1035

    Article (1035) The obligation of an insurer under an insurance against civil liability shall only become effective when the injured party makes a claim against the beneficiary after the occurrence of the incident out of which such liability arose.

  726. 1037

    Part 3: Special provisions relating to certain types of insurance

    Article 1037

    Article (1037) An insurer under a fire insurance shall have the following liabilities: (a) for damage arising out of the fire notwithstanding that the fire arose out of earthquake, storm, winds, hurricane, household explosions and disturbances caused by the falling of flying objects and other flying craft, and all matters which are customarily regarded as falling within that type of insurance; (b) for damage which is the direct and certain result of the fire; (c) for damage sustained by the property insured through steps taken in the course of rescue to prevent the spread of the fire; and (d) for loss or disappearance of property insured during the fire, unless it is proved that that was the result of theft.

  727. 1039

    Article 1039

    Article (1039) An insurer shall not be liable for damage deliberately or fraudulently caused by the assured or the beneficiary, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary.

  728. 1040

    Article 1040

    Article (1040) An insurer shall be liable for fire damage caused by those working under the assured, whatever may be the nature of their default.

  729. 1041

    Article 1041

    Article (1041) The insurer shall be liable for damage arising out of the fire notwithstanding that such-fire arose out of a defect in the property insured

    -- 240 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 241

  730. 1042

    Article 1042

    Article (1042) (1) Any person who insures property or an interest with more than one insurer must notify all of them of the other contracts of insurance, the amount of each of them, and the names of the other insurers. (2) If there are several insurers, the amount of the insurance must not exceed the value of the property or interest insured.

  731. 1043

    Article 1043

    Article (1043) If insurance is placed over property or an interest with more than one insurer in sums exceeding in the aggregate the value of the property or interest insured, each of the insurers shall be bound to pay a part equivalent to the proportion of the sum insured to the total of the contracts of insurance, without the amount payable to the assured exceeding the value of the fire damage.

  732. 1044

    Article 1044

    Article (1044) Fire insurance placed over the moveable property of the assured as a whole which at the time of the fire is in places occupied by him, shall also cover property owned by the members of his family and persons working in his service if they are living with him in one household.

  733. 1045

    Article 1045

    Article (1045) (1) If the property insured is encumbered by a mortgage or other security in rem, such rights shall attach to the insurance money due to the assured under the policy of the insurance. (2) If such rights are registered or have been notified to the insurer by registered letter, it shall not be permissible for him to pay the money he owes to the assured save by the consent of those obligees.

    -- 241 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 242 2- Life Insurance

  734. 1046

    Article 1046

    Article (1046) The insurer under a policy of life insurance must pay to the assured or the beneficiary the sums agreed upon the occurrence of the insured event or at the time stipulated in the contract, without the need for proof of any loss suffered by the assured or the beneficiary.

  735. 1047

    Article 1047

    Article (1047) In order for there to be a valid life insurance for the life of another, he must consent thereto in writing prior to the placing of the insurance, and if he is not of legal capacity, then the insurance shall be valid only upon the consent of his legal representative.

  736. 1050

    Article 1050

    Article (1050) (1) The assured may stipulate that the insurance money be paid to persons specified in the contract or to such persons as he may thereafter specify. (2) If the insurance is in favour of the spouse, children, descendants or heirs of the assured, the insurance money shall be payable to any person who proves that he falls within that description at the time of the death of the assured, and if the heirs are the beneficiaries, the insurance money shall be divided between them in accordance with their lawful portions in the estate.

  737. 1051

    Article 1051

    Article (1051) An assured who is bound to pay periodical premiums may terminate the contract at any time provided that he notifies the insurer of his intention in writing, and he shall be released of the obligation to pay subsequent premiums.

  738. 1056

    Chapter One: 1 Suretyship

    Article 1056

    Article (1056) Suretyship is the joining of the liability of a person called the surety with the liability of the obligor in the performance of his obligations.

  739. 1057

    Chapter One: 1 Suretyship

    Article 1057

    Article (1057) (1) Suretyship may arise through use of that word, or words indicating a guarantee. (2) For a suretyship to arise and to be effective it is sufficient for the surety to make the offer, unless the obligee rejects it.

  740. 1058

    Chapter One: 1 Suretyship

    Article 1058

    Article (1058) It is a prerequisite of a suretyship arising that the surety should be competent to make gifts.

    -- 244 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 245

  741. 1059

    Chapter One: 1 Suretyship

    Article 1059

    Article (1059) The suretyship shall be void if the surety makes a condition in his own favour that he should have the option to make it conditional.

  742. 1060

    Article 1060

    Article (1060) It is valid for a suretyship to be accomplished, or restricted by a valid condition, or dependent upon an appropriate condition or for it only to become operative in the future or for a limited period.

  743. 1062

    Article 1062

    Article (1062) Suretyship in respect of the expenses of a wife or relatives shall be valid notwithstanding that there has been no judgment or agreement thereon.

  744. 1063

    Article 1063

    Article (1063) The suretyship of the agent of the seller to a purchaser in respect of the payment of the price at which he was appointed to sell the property is invalid, and there shall be no suretyship on the part of a guardian with regard to the price at which he sells the property of the infant, nor shall there be any suretyship of a trustee for the price for which he has sold waqf property.

  745. 1064

    Article 1064

    Article (1064) (1) Suretyship for a person suffering from a terminal illness shall not be valid if the debtor owes a debt greater than the amount of his property. (2) Suretyship shall be valid if the debt is not greater than the amount of the property, and

    -- 245 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 246 the provisions relating to wills shall apply thereto.

  746. 1065

    Article 1065

    Article (1065) Suretyship conditional on the discharge of the principal obligor is an assignment. An assignment which provides that the assignor should not be discharged is a suretyship.

  747. 1066

    Article 1066

    Article (1066) The surety under suretyship subject to a suspensive condition or a deferred suretyship may revoke the suretyship before the obligation becomes actual.

  748. 1067

    Article 1067

    Article (1067) The suretyship shall cover the incidentals of the debt and costs of claiming unless the contrary has been agreed. Part 2: Certain types of suretyship 1- Securing the attendance of a person

  749. 1068

    Part 2: Certain types of suretyship

    Article 1068

    Article (1068) (1) Surety for the person obliges the guarantor to produce the person guaranteed at the time stipulated at the request of the beneficiary of the guarantee, and if he does not do so it shall be permissible for the judge to impose an exemplary fine, but it shall be permissible for him to exempt him if he proves that he was unable to secure the attendance of the person guaranteed. (2) If the surety for a person has undertaken to pay a specified sum by way of a penalty clause in the event that he does not secure the attendance of the person guaranteed, he shall be bound to pay that sum, and the judge may exempt him from it either in whole or in part if it appears that that course is justified.

  750. 1069

    Part 2: Certain types of suretyship

    Article 1069

    Article (1069) If the surety undertakes to pay the debt upon his failure to deliver the person guaranteed, he

    -- 246 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 247 must pay it if he fails to deliver up the person.

  751. 1071

    Article 1071

    Article (1071) The person guaranteed must be delivered at the place specified by the surety, and if no place is specified then he shall be delivered up at the place where the contract was made.

  752. 1073

    Article 1073

    Article (1073) If it does not appear from the contract of guarantee that it is a guarantee for property or guarantee for a person and there is no circumstantial evidence either way, it shall be presumed to be a guarantee for property, and if the surety claims that the intention was that it should be a surety for a person and the obligee claims that the intention was that it was a surety for property, the evidence of the guarantor on his oath shall be preferred.

  753. 1074

    Article 1074

    Article (1074) A husband may revoke a surety for the person if it was issued by his wife without his consent notwithstanding that the debt secured is less than one-third of her property.

    -- 247 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 248 2- Darak Suretyship (guarantee to give indemnity if goods sold are owned by a third party)

  754. 1075

    Article 1075

    Article (1075) A darak suretyship is a suretyship to pay the price of property sold if there are third party rights subsisting in that property.

  755. 1077

    Part 3: Effects of suretyship

    Article 1077

    Article (1077) (1) The surety must discharge his obligation when the time falls due. (2) If the obligation is conditional, it must be discharged when the condition is fulfilled.

  756. 1078

    Part 3: Effects of suretyship

    Article 1078

    Article (1078) (1) The obligee may claim against the principal obligor or the surety, or may claim against them both. (2) If the surety has a surety the obligee may claim against either of them as he wishes. (3) Provided that if he makes a claim against one of them, his right to claim against the others shall not lapse.

  757. 1079

    Part 3: Effects of suretyship

    Article 1079

    Article (1079) It shall be permissible for the suretyship to be conditional upon the discharge of the debt out of the property of the obligor deposited with the surety, on condition that the obligee agrees thereto.

    -- 248 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 249

  758. 1080

    Article 1080

    Article (1080) If the suretyship is unqualified, the obligation of the surety shall follow the obligation of the principal obligor, whether immediate or deferred.

  759. 1082

    Article 1082

    Article (1082) If a debt is secured by a security in rem prior to the suretyship arising, and the surety has made it a condition that recourse should be had against the principal obligor first, it shall not be permissible to execute against the property of the surety prior to executing against the property standing as security for the debt.

  760. 1084

    Article 1084

    Article (1084) If the surety or the debtor dies before a deferred debt falls due, the debt shall be payable out of the estate of the deceased.

  761. 1086

    Article 1086

    Article (1086) If the sureties are jointly liable as between themselves and one of them discharges the debt upon its falling due, he shall have the right to have recourse against all of the remaining sureties for his share of the debt and his share in the proportion of any one of them who is bankrupt.

  762. 1087

    Article 1087

    Article (1087) Any suretyship imposed by a provision in the law or by an order of the court shall, upon becoming unqualified, have the effect of the sureties being jointly liable.

  763. 1088

    Article 1088

    Article (1088) If the creditor receives satisfaction of his debt by (accepting) another thing, the principal obligor and the surety shall both be discharged unless third party rights subsist in that thing.

  764. 1089

    Article 1089

    Article (1089) If his debtor becomes bankrupt, the creditor must prove for his debt in the bankruptcy otherwise his right of recourse against the surety shall lapse to the extent of the loss sustained by his not having so done.

  765. 1090

    Article 1090

    Article (1090) (1) The surety shall not have any right of recourse against the principal obligor in respect of any obligation which he has discharged on his behalf unless the suretyship arose at the request or with the consent of the principal obligor, and the surety has discharged the obligation. (2) He shall not have any right of recourse in respect of early payment of a deferred debt

    -- 250 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 251 until such time as the debt would have fallen due.

  766. 1091

    Article 1091

    Article (1091) (1) The obligee must deliver to the surety upon discharge by him of the debt all necessary papers to enable him to exercise his right of recourse against the principal obligor. (2) If the debt is secured by a security over other property, the obligee must release it to the surety if it is a chattel, or transfer his rights to him if the property is real property, and provided that the surety shall bear the costs of such transfer, and may have recourse for those costs against the principal obligor.

  767. 1092

    Article 1092

    Article (1092) If a debt is due, the creditor must claim for it within six months from the date on which it fell due, otherwise the surety shall be deemed to have been discharged. 2- Between the surety and the principal obligor

  768. 1095

    Article 1095

    Article (1095) A surety for property or for the delivery up of the body of a person may make an application for an order preventing the person for whom he stands surety from travelling abroad if the suretyship arose through his order and there is evidence giving rise to a fear that the surety will suffer loss.

  769. 1096

    Article 1096

    Article (1096) The surety shall have a right of recourse against the principal obligor for expenses incurred by him in carrying out his obligations under the suretyship.

  770. 1097

    Article 1097

    Article (1097) If the principal obligors are jointly liable, then the person standing surety for them shall have the right to require all of them to have recourse against any one of them for the total amount of the debt which he has discharged.

  771. 1103

    Article 1103

    Article (1103) If the obligee dies and he leaves the whole of his estate to the principal obligor, the surety

    -- 253 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 254 shall be discharged from his suretyship, and if he has another heir the surety shall be discharged in respect of the share bequeathed to the principal obligor only.

  772. 1104

    Article 1104

    Article (1104) No claim may be made against a surety in respect of a suretyship for a limited period save for the obligations arising during the period of the suretyship.

  773. 1107

    Chapter Two: Assignments

    Article 1107

    Article (1107) An assignment is an immediately binding contract unless one of the parties reserves to himself the option to rescind.

  774. 1108

    Chapter Two: Assignments

    Article 1108

    Article (1108) (1) An assignment shall be limited or absolute. (2) A limited assignment is one the execution of which is restricted to a (particular) debt owned by the transferor to the responsibility of the transferee or (liability in respect of)

    -- 254 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 255 particular property in his possession by way of trust or guarantee. (3) An absolute assignment is one which is not restricted to any of the foregoing, even though such (debt or property) may be in existence.

  775. 1109

    Article 1109

    Article (1109) (1) In order for an assignment to be valid, there must be the consent of the transferor, the transferee, and the creditor. (2) A transfer made between the transferor and the transferee is dependent upon the consent of the creditor.

  776. 1110

    Article 1110

    Article (1110) In order for an assignment to be valid, the transferor must be indebted to the creditor, but it is not necessary that the transferee be indebted to the transferor. If he consents to the transfer, he shall be bound by the debt to the creditor.

  777. 1111

    Article 1111

    Article (1111) An assignment by a person having an entitlement in respect of a waqf to his creditor shall be valid if it is an assignment limited to the amount due from the guardian of the waqf if the accrued yield of the waqf is in his hands prior to the assignment.

  778. 1112

    Article 1112

    Article (1112) The consent of a father or guardian to an assignment to a third party shall be permissible if it benefits the minor in that the transferee is more solvent than the transferor, but shall not be permissible if he is equally or nearly equally as solvent as the transferor.

  779. 1113

    Article 1113

    Article (1113) In addition to the general conditions, the following conditions must also be satisfied in order for an assignment to be valid: (a) it must be completed and dependent on no condition other than an appropriate or

    -- 255 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 256 customary condition, nor must any future contract be dependent on it; (b) the performance thereof must not be deferred to an unknown future date; (c) it must be limited in time to a specific time limit; (d) the property transferred must be a known debt which is capable of being satisfied; (e) the property transferred to the transferee in a restricted transfer must be a debt or, specific property which cannot be compounded, and both types of property must be equal in type, amount and description; and (f) it must not involve any conditional or substantial additional consideration in favour of any of the parties, and the assignment shall be unaffected by such additional consideration agreed upon after the assignment was made, and it shall not be payable.

  780. 1114

    Article 1114

    Article (1114) (1) An assignment shall be void if one of the conditions necessary therefor is not present, and the debt shall revert to the transferor. (2) If the transferee has made payment to the creditor before it becomes apparent that the transfer is void, he shall have the option of recourse against either the transferor or the creditor.

  781. 1115

    Article 1115

    Article (1115) A transfer shall become void upon the reason for the debt transferred or the reason for the transfer itself becoming void. Part 2: Effects of an assignment 1- Between the creditor and the transferee

  782. 1116

    Part 2: Effects of an assignment

    Article 1116

    Article (1116) The creditor shall have the right to make a claim against the transferee, and the transferor shall be discharged from the debt and claim together if the transfer is validly made.

    -- 256 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 257

  783. 1117

    Part 2: Effects of an assignment

    Article 1117

    Article (1117) The debt shall be transferred to the transferee retaining the same characteristics as it had in the hands of the transferor. If it is immediately payable, it shall remain immediately payable after the transfer, and if it is deferred, it shall retain its deferred status.

  784. 1118

    Part 2: Effects of an assignment

    Article 1118

    Article (1118) It shall be permissible for the creditor and the transferee after the assignment is made to agree mutually to part of the debt or less thereof or a deferment of an immediately payable debt or to the immediate payment of the deferred debt or to take some other consideration for the debt unless the same amounts to riba al-nasi'a (see Article 733(4)).

  785. 1119

    Article 1119

    Article (1119) The debt transferred shall retain all of the guarantees attaching thereto despite the fact that the person of the debtor has changed, but nevertheless a guarantor, whether in rem or in personam, shall not remain liable to the creditor unless he has agreed to the transfer.

  786. 1121

    Article 1121

    Article (1121) The transferor shall have the right to claim against the transferee for any debt or property owed by him if the transfer is not restricted specifically to either of them, and the transferee shall not have the right to detain such property until making payment to the creditor.

  787. 1122

    Article 1122

    Article (1122) The right of the transferor to claim against the transferee for the property of his that the

    -- 257 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 258 latter has by way of debt or specific property shall lapse if the transfer is restricted to either of such type of property and the conditions thereof are satisfied, and the transferee shall not be discharged as against the creditor if he pays either of them to the transferor.

  788. 1123

    Article 1123

    Article (1123) It shall not be permissible for the transferee in a valid assignment of either type to refuse to make payment to the creditor notwithstanding that the transferor may have recovered his debt from the transferee or retrieved his property held by the transferee.

  789. 1125

    Article 1125

    Article (1125) The transferor must deliver to the creditor the document of title relating to the obligation transferred and any necessary evidence or means to enable him to obtain his right.

  790. 1126

    Article 1126

    Article (1126) If the transferor guarantees to the creditor the solvency of the transferee, such guarantee relates only to his solvency at the time of the transfer unless a contrary agreement is made.

  791. 1127

    Article 1127

    Article (1127) (1) If the transferee dies before discharge of the debt under a limited transfer, the creditor shall be entitled to the property owed by the transferee or in his possession during the lifetime of the transferor. (2) If a debt of either type being transferred is deferred and the transferor dies, that deferred date shall hold good but shall be advanced to the date of the death of the transferee.

    -- 258 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 259

  792. 1129

    Article 1129

    Article (1129) The creditor shall have recourse against the transferor in the following circumstances: (a) if the assignment is cancelled by the agreement of the parties thereto; (b) if the transferee denies the assignment, and there is no evidence to prove it, and he swears that it is non-existent; or (c) if, in the case of a limited assignment, the specific property is lost and is not guaranteed. 4- Between the creditor and third parties

  793. 1130

    Article 1130

    Article (1130) (1) If there are several assignments in respect of one right the first assignment shall take priority and be effective with regard to third party rights. (2) An assignment shall not be effective with regard to third parties unless official notice thereof is given to the transferee or is accepted by him by a document of certain date.

  794. 1132

    Part 3: Termination of the assignment

    Article 1132

    Article (1132) An assignment shall terminate by the subject matter thereof being discharged to the creditor, either in fact or de jure. Book Three: Original Rights In Rem Section 1: Rights of ownership Chapter One: The right of ownership generally Part 1: Scope, means (of acquisition), and protection

  795. 1133

    Part 3: Termination of the assignment

    Article 1133

    Article (1133) (1) The right of ownership is the power of the owner to dispose absolutely of his property, whether of the property itself, or of the benefit or exploitation of it. (2) The owner of a thing alone has the right to the beneficial use of the thing owned, and to its yield, fruits and produce, and to dispose of it in any manner permitted under the law.

  796. 1135

    Article 1135

    Article (1135) (1) No person may be deprived of ownership without lawful cause. (2) Expropriation of ownership for the public benefit shall be against just compensation and in accordance with the provisions of the law. Part 2: Restrictions on rights of ownership 1- General provisions

  797. 1136

    Part 2: Restrictions on rights of ownership

    Article 1136

    Article (1136) The owner may dispose of his property absolutely unless his disposition causes gross harm to another or is contrary to the laws and regulations relating to public or private interests.

  798. 1138

    Part 2: Restrictions on rights of ownership

    Article 1138

    Article (1138) If a third party right subsists in property, the owner may not dispose of it in such a way as to harm the owner of that right, save with his consent. 2- Restrictions on neighbours

  799. 1139

    Part 2: Restrictions on rights of ownership

    Article 1139

    Article (1139) To impede the passage of light to a neighbour shall be deemed to be gross harm, and no person shall have the right to make a building whereby the windows of his neighbour's house are blocked in such a way as to prevent the passage of light to him, otherwise it shall be permissible for the neighbour to require that the building be removed to remove the damage.

    -- 261 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 262

  800. 1142

    Article 1142

    Article (1142) The owner of a building may require that his neighbour be prevented from planting a tree next to his building if the tree is of a kind that has spreading roots, and he may require that it be uprooted if it has been planted.

  801. 1143

    Article 1143

    Article (1143) (1) A neighbour may not compel his neighbour to put up a wall or anything else on the boundary of his property nor to cede part of the wall or the ground on which the wall stands. (2) The owner of a wall may not destroy it without strong justification if to do so would cause damage to the neighbour whose property is screened by the wall.

  802. 1144

    Article 1144

    Article (1144) (1) An owner may not excessively exercise his right to an extent causing harm to the

    -- 262 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 263 property of the neighbour. (2) A neighbour shall not have recourse against his neighbour for the customary and unavoidable detriments of neighbourhood, but may only require that such detriments be removed if they exceed the customary extent, providing that regard therein shall be had to custom and the nature of the real property, the location of the properties in relation to each other, and the purpose for which they have been appropriated. A permission issued by the competent authorities shall not derogate from the exercise of that right. 3- Restriction on rights of the disponee

  803. 1145

    Article 1145

    Article (1145) The owner may not, in making a disposition, whether by contract or bequest, impose conditions restricting the rights of the disponee unless such conditions are lawful and the purpose thereof is the protection of a lawful interest in the disponor or the disponee or a third party, for a limited period.

  804. 1147

    Article 1147

    Article (1147) A private road, like jointly owned property, belongs to the persons who have a right of passage over it, and no person enjoying such right may build anything upon it without the permission of the others.

  805. 1148

    Article 1148

    Article (1148) (1) Persons passing along a public way shall have the right to enter a private way if necessary. (2) The owners of a private way may not agree to sell it, divide it, or block the entrance to it.

    -- 263 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 264

  806. 1149

    Article 1149

    Article (1149) No persons other than those together owning a private way may open doors open it, or pass over it.

  807. 1150

    Article 1150

    Article (1150) If one of the owners of a private way blocks his door leading on to it, his right to pass over it shall not lapse and it shall be permissible for him and his successors to reopen it.

  808. 1151

    Article 1151

    Article (1151) The costs of repairing a private way shall be borne by all of the owners in proportion to the benefit each derives from it. Part 3: Co-ownership 1- General provisions

  809. 1152

    Part 3: Co-ownership

    Article 1152

    Article (1152) Without prejudice to the provisions relating to shares in an inheritance, each heir shall, if two or more acquire ownership of a thing by virtue of one of the ways by which ownership may be acquired without splitting the share of each of them in it, be joint owners and the shares of each of them shall be counted as equal in the absence of any evidence to the contrary.

  810. 1154

    Article 1154

    Article (1154) A co-owner of property owned in common may not dispose of his share without the consent of the other co-owner if the property has blended and merged.

  811. 1155

    Article 1155

    Article (1155) (1) In the absence of any agreement to the contrary, the management of property owned in common shall vest jointly in the co-owners. (2) If one of the co-owners undertakes the management without any objection from the remainder, he shall be deemed to be their agent.

  812. 1158

    Article 1158

    Article (1158) Any co-owner shall have the right to take steps to preserve the co-owned property, even without the agreement of the remainder of the co-owners.

  813. 1159

    Article 1159

    Article (1159) The costs of management and preservation of the co-owned property, any taxes payable thereon, and all other expenses arising out of the co-ownership or which are payable on the property shall be borne by all of the co-owners in proportion to the shares of each. 2- Termination of co-ownership

  814. 1160

    Article 1160

    Article (1160) Division shall be the separation and specification of a co-owned share, and may take place by mutual agreement or by order of the court.

  815. 1162

    Article 1162

    Article (1162) Without prejudice to the provisions of other laws, any person wishing to leave the co-ownership may, if no agreement in that behalf has been made with the other co-owners, make an application for judicial division.

  816. 1164

    Article 1164

    Article (1164) (1) In order for a judicial division to be valid, it must be made upon the application of one of the owners of the co-owned shares. (2) A judicial division may take place notwithstanding the objection of one of the co-owners.

  817. 1165

    Article 1165

    Article (1165) The co-owned property must be capable of division in such a way that the division does not destroy the benefit intended.

  818. 1167

    Article 1167

    Article (1167) (1) The obligees of any co-owner may object to the division, whether by consent or by order of the court, by giving notice to all of the co-owners if the division is to be by consent, or by intervening in the court proceedings if it is to be by court order. (2) The division shall not be effective as against the obligees if the co-owners have not included them in all the proceedings. (3) If the division has been effected an obligee who has not been joined may not challenge it save in the event of fraud.

    -- 267 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 268

  819. 1169

    Article 1169

    Article (1169) A co-owner participating in the division shall be regarded as the independent owner of the share devolving on him after the division.

  820. 1170

    Article 1170

    Article (1170) A division may not be resiled from after has been perfected, save that it shall be permissible for all of the co-owners to cancel and annul the division by consent and to restore the divided property to co-ownership between them as before.

  821. 1171

    Article 1171

    Article (1171) The provisions governing the options of conditionality, sight and defect shall apply in the division of heterogenous and homogenous non-fungibles, but in the case of fungibles, the provisions of the option for defect shall apply to the exclusion of the options of conditional ity and of sight.

  822. 1172

    Article 1172

    Article (1172) (1) Any person who has been the victim of gross cheating in division by consent may apply to the judge to cancel the division and to redivide the property equitably. (2) In determining the degree of the cheating, the criterion shall be the value of the divided property at the time of the division.

    -- 268 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 269

  823. 1173

    Article 1173

    Article (1173) Claims for cancellation and redivision may not be heard unless they are brought within one year from the date of the division.

  824. 1175

    Article 1175

    Article (1175) Division by a voluntary agent shall depend upon the confirmation of the co-owners of the property divided, whether by word or act. 3- Division of benefits of co-ownership (joint use)

  825. 1177

    Article 1177

    Article (1177) (1) If joint use is determined by time, the period must be specified, but it need not be specified in the case of use of a part. (2) The co-owners shall agree upon the duration of the joint use, and if they do not agree the court may specify such duration as it thinks fit in accordance with the nature of the dispute and the co-owned property, and it may also conduct a ballot to determine the commencement of the joint use in time, and to determine that part of the property in the event of joint use of the part.

    -- 269 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 270

  826. 1178

    Article 1178

    Article (1178) The provisions governing the division of joint use with regard to the effectiveness thereof against third parties, the capacity of the participants, their rights and obligations, and means of proof, shall be subject to the provisions of contracts of leasing if such provisions do not conflict with the nature of such division.

  827. 1179

    Article 1179

    Article (1179) (1) If the co-owners may, during the proceedings for final division, agree that the property of which the use is co-owned be divided among them pending the final division. (2) If the co-owners cannot agree on the division of use, the court may, upon the application of any of the co-owners, make an order as to such division and may seek the assistance of experts if appropriate.

  828. 1181

    Article 1181

    Article (1181) Shared use shall not become void upon the death of one of the owners of shares or upon the death of them all, and the heirs of the deceased shall take his place. 4- Mandatory co-ownership

  829. 1182

    Article 1182

    Article (1182) Subject to the provisions of Articles 1165 and 1166 of this Law, the co-owners of co-owned

    -- 270 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 271 property may not require that it be divided up if it appears that the purpose for which such property was intended is such that it must always remain under co-ownership. 5- Family ownership

  830. 1183

    Article 1183

    Article (1183) Members of a single family all having a common business or interest may agree in writing to establish a family ownership, and such ownership may consist either of an estate which they have inherited and which they have agreed to place in whole or in part in family ownership, or of any other property known to them which they have agreed to bring into such ownership.

  831. 1184

    Article 1184

    Article (1184) (1) It shall be permissible to agree to the establishment of family ownership for a period not exceeding 15 years, but provided that each co-owner may apply to the court for leave to withdraw his share from such ownership prior to the expiration of the period agreed upon, if there is strong justification for that course. (2) If there is no fixed period laid down for the said ownership, each co-owner may withdraw his share therefrom after the expiration of six months from the day on which he gives notice to the other co-owners of his intention to withdraw his share.

  832. 1186

    Article 1186

    Article (1186) (1) The owners of a majority of the shares in a family ownership may appoint one or more of their number to manage the co-owned property, and the manager of the family-owned property may effect changes in the use for which the co-owned property was intended whereby the means of enjoyment of such property are enhanced, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary. (2) The manager may be dismissed in the same manner in which he was appointed, and the court may likewise dismiss him on the application of any co-owner if there is a strong reason justifying such dismissal.

  833. 1187

    Article 1187

    Article (1187) With the exception of the foregoing rules, the rules relating to co-ownership, agency and inheritances shall apply to family ownership. - 6 Ownership of floors and apartments

  834. 1189

    Article 1189

    Article (1189) The common parts of buildings provided for in the foregoing Article may not be divided up, and the share of each owner in them shall be in proportion to his share in the building, and no owner may dispose of his share independently from the other.

  835. 1190

    Article 1190

    Article (1190) Party walls between two apartments shall be co-owned by the owners of such apartments if they are not counted as a co-owned part (of the building as a whole).

  836. 1191

    Article 1191

    Article (1191) Each owner may enjoy the use of the common parts for the purpose for which they were intended provided that such use does not interfere with the exercise by the remaining co-owners of their rights.

  837. 1192

    Article 1192

    Article (1192) Each owner shall share in the costs of preserving, maintaining and managing the common parts, and his share of the costs shall be in proportion to the value of the property that he owns unless there is a contrary provision in the rules for the management of the building, and any owner who causes an increase in the expenses of the building shall be responsible therefor. An owner may not dispose of his share in the common parts in order to avoid paying his share of the expenses.

  838. 1193

    Article 1193

    Article (1193) No owner may make any alteration in the common parts without the consent of all of the owners even when the building is being renewed unless the alteration he makes is such as to increase the benefit of such parts and is not such as will alter its purpose or cause any

    -- 273 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 274 prejudice to the other owners.

  839. 1194

    Article 1194

    Article (1194) (1) The owner of a lower floor must carry out such works and repairs as are necessary to prevent the collapse of the upper floor. (2) If he fails to carry out such repairs, the court may, upon the application of an injured party order that the necessary repairs be carried out, and the injured party shall have a right of recourse against the owner of a lower floor for any costs borne by him.

  840. 1196

    Article 1196

    Article (1196) The owner of an upper floor may not increase the height of the building in such a way as to cause prejudice to the owner of the lower floor.

    -- 274 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 275 7- Associations of owners of storeys and apartments

  841. 1198

    Article 1198

    Article (1198) If a wall is co-owned by two or more persons, none of the co-owners may make any new building on top of it without the consent of the others.

  842. 1200

    Article 1200

    Article (1200) A neighbor who has not shared in the costs of heightening may become a co-owner of the heightened part if he pays one half of the costs and the value of one half of the land on

    -- 275 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 276 which the extra thickness stands, if it has been thickened.

  843. 1202

    Article 1202

    Article (1202) A wall which at the time it was built divides two buildings shall be deemed to be co-owned up to the middle line in the absence of any contrary indication. Chapter Two: Means of acquisition of ownership Part 1: Acquisition of ownerless ("permitted") things (1) Moveables

  844. 1203

    Chapter Two: Means of acquisition of ownership

    Article 1203

    Article (1203) Whoever takes possession of an ownerless moveable with the intention of becoming the owner, shall in fact become the owner thereof.

  845. 1205

    Chapter Two: Means of acquisition of ownership

    Article 1205

    Article (1205) (1) Treasures found in land belonging to a particular person shall be owned by him, but he

    -- 276 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 277 must give one fifth thereof to the state. (2) Treasures found in land owned by the state shall be owned by the state in their entirety. (3) In respect of land subject to a valid waqf, property discovered on it shall belong to the waqf authority.

  846. 1208

    Article 1208

    Article (1208) Articles washed up by the sea which no owner comes forward to claim shall belong to the person finding them and who has initially taken possession of them, and if they were formerly owned by a Muslim or a dhimmi (a non-muslim lawfully resident in a muslim jurisdiction), then one fifth of such property shall go to the treasury and the remainder shall belong to the finder, and if the former owner was a Muslim or a dhimmi, ownership shall revert to him if he is known, and if he is not known the provisions relating to lost property shall apply. 2- Immoveables

  847. 1209

    Article 1209

    Article (1209) (1) Uncultivated (and ownerless) land shall belong to the state. (2) It shall not be permissible to acquire ownership or take possession of such land without the permission of the state in accordance with the law.

    -- 277 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 278

  848. 1211

    Article 1211

    Article (1211) (1) Whoever cultivates or develops undeveloped land with the consent of the appropriate authorities shall be the owner thereof. (2) The competent authority may permit the development of land subject to a grant only of the right of use but not of ownership.

  849. 1212

    Article 1212

    Article (1212) If a person develops part of the land he has been authorised to develop and leaves the rest, he shall be the owner of the developed part to the exclusion of the remainder unless the part left is encircled by land which he has developed.

  850. 1216

    Article 1216

    Article (1216) (1) The fencing off of undeveloped land shall not be regarded as a development thereof. (2) If any person does fence off undeveloped land, he shall be regarded as having a better right to it for a period of three years, but if he does not develop it within that period it shall be permissible to give it to another person on condition that he does develop it.

    -- 279 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 280

  851. 1217

    Article 1217

    Article (1217) If a person digs a well on undeveloped land with the consent of the appropriate authority, he shall be the owner thereof. Part 2: Guarantees

  852. 1218

    Part 2: Guarantees

    Article 1218

    Article (1218) Property guaranteed shall become owned by virtue of the guarantee, such ownership being retrospective to the time at which the cause of ownership arose, provided that the subject matter must have been capable of being owned at the commencement of such period. Part 3: Inheritance and liquidation of estates 1- General provisions

  853. 1219

    Part 2: Guarantees

    Article 1219

    Article (1219) (1) An heir shall acquire by way of inheritance land, chattels and rights vested in the estate. (2) The definition of heirs and the determination of their shares in the inheritance, as well as the transfer of the estate, shall be subject to the provisions of the Islamic Shari'a and the laws passed giving effect thereto. 2- The estate a- General provisions

  854. 1221

    Article 1221

    Article (1221) If the testor has appointed an executor for the estate, the court must, upon the application of any of the persons concerned, confirm such appointment.

  855. 1222

    Article 1222

    Article (1222) (1) A person appointed as the executor of an estate may withdraw from his function in accordance with the rules governing agency. (2) The court may, upon the application of any party concerned or of the public prosecutor, or without an application being made, dismiss an executor and appoint another person if it is shown that such a course is justified.

  856. 1223

    Article 1223

    Article (1223) (1) The court must make a note in a special register of orders made appointing executors of an estate, or confirming them if they are appointed by the testator, or orders made in respect of their dismissal or withdrawal. (2) Such entries shall be effective in respect of third parties dealing with the heirs in connection real property forming part of the estate.

  857. 1224

    Article 1224

    Article (1224) (1) The executor of an estate shall take delivery of the property thereof after his appointment, and he shall liquidate it under the supervision of the court. He may require to be paid remuneration as assessed by the court. (2) The estate shall bear the costs of the liquidation, and such costs shall have the same priority status as judicial expenses.

    -- 281 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 282

  858. 1225

    Article 1225

    Article (1225) The judge must where required take all necessary steps to preserve the estate, and he may order that cash or financial securities and other valuables be deposited with the court within the jurisdiction of which the assets of the estate are situated whether in whole or in part, until the liquidation is completed.

  859. 1226

    Article 1226

    Article (1226) The executor of an estate must pay out of the assets of the estate: (a) funeral costs; (b) sufficient and reasonable costs out of such assets to a needy heir until the liquidation is completed, after obtaining the order of the court for such expenditure, and provided that the expenditure shall be deducted from the portion due to each heir out of his share of the estate; and (c) the judge shall determine any dispute arising in this regard.

  860. 1227

    Article 1227

    Article (1227) (1) The creditors may not, at the time of the appointment of the executor of an estate, take any proceeding against the estate, nor may they continue any proceeding already taken, save against the executor of the estate. (2) All proceedings already commenced against the deceased shall be suspended until all of the debts of the estate are settled, in the event that any party concerned so applies.

  861. 1229

    Article 1229

    Article (1229) (1) The executor of an estate must take all steps to preserve the assets thereof, and must

    -- 282 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 283 manage the same, represent the estate in claims, and must get in the debts owed to it. (2) The executor of an estate shall have the same liability as an agent for reward notwithstanding that he may not in fact be working for remuneration, and the court may require him to submit an account of his management at specified times.

  862. 1230

    Article 1230

    Article (1230) (1) The executor of an estate must summon the creditors and debtors thereof to submit particulars of the debts due to or from them within a period of two months from the date of publication of such summons. (2) The summons must be posted on the notice board of the court within the jurisdiction of which the last residence of the testator was situated, and the court in which the assets of the estate are situated, whether in whole or in part, and it must also be published in one of the daily newspapers.

  863. 1231

    Article 1231

    Article (1231) (1) The executor of an estate must, within three months of the date of his appointment, deposit with the court ordering his appointment an inventory of the assets and liabilities of the estate, and an estimate of the value of such assets, and he must notify the persons concerned of such deposit by registered letter. (2) He may apply to the court to extend that time if such a course is justified.

  864. 1232

    Article 1232

    Article (1232) The executor of an estate may, in assessing the value of the assets of the estate and making an inventory thereof, use the services of an expert, and may provide proof of what is shown by the papers of the testator and what comes to his knowledge in connection therewith, and the heirs must notify him of any debts owed by or rights due to the estate.

  865. 1233

    Article 1233

    Article (1233) Any breach of trust on the part of any person who commits a fraud against the assets of the

    -- 283 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 284 estate, notwithstanding that he may be an heir, shall be punishable by the penalties laid down in the criminal law.

  866. 1234

    Article 1234

    Article (1234) Any dispute as to the correctness of the inventory shall be raised before the court having jurisdiction within thirty days from the date on which the inventory was deposited with the court. b- Settlement of debts of the estate

  867. 1235

    Article 1235

    Article (1235) (1) After the expiration of the time limit for hearing disputes as to the inventory, the executor of the estate shall, after obtaining the leave of the court, pay the debts in respect of which there is no dispute. (2) With regard to disputed debts, they shall be settled after a final determination as to the validity thereof.

  868. 1236

    Article 1236

    Article (1236) The executor of an estate must, in the event that the estate is bankrupt or will probably be bankrupt, suspend the settlement of any debt notwithstanding that it may not be disputed until a final determination is made on all of the disputes relating to the debts of the estate.

  869. 1239

    Article 1239

    Article (1239) Any heir may, after distribution of the deferred debts secured on property, pay the relevant amount prior to the date of maturity.

  870. 1244

    Article 1244

    Article (1244) The court shall, upon the application of any of the heirs or persons concerned, issue a certificate allocating the portions of the estate, and setting out the lawful proportion due to each heir.

  871. 1245

    Article 1245

    Article (1245) Each heir may require the executor of the estate to deliver his portion of the inheritance to him after dividing it from the rest unless such heir is bound to remain a co-owner by way of agreement or by virtue of a provision in the law.

  872. 1247

    Article 1247

    Article (1247) The provisions laid down in respect of the division of property shall apply to the division of an estate, and the provisions of the following articles shall likewise apply thereto.

  873. 1249

    Article 1249

    Article (1249) If upon the division of the estate one of the heirs has a debt against it, the remainder of the heirs shall not guarantee that debt if he becomes bankrupt after the division, unless a contrary agreement is made.

  874. 1250

    Article 1250

    Article (1250) A testamentary disposition as to the division of the assets of the estate among the heirs shall be valid provided that it makes an appointment in favour of each heir or some of the heirs as to his proportion, and if the value of any property appointed in favour of one of them exceeds his entitlement to the estate, such appointment shall be regarded as a special testamentary disposition in his favour.

  875. 1252

    Article 1252

    Article (1252) If the division does not include the whole of the property of the testator at the time of his death, the assets which are not included in the division shall become the co-owned property of the heirs in accordance with the rules of succession.

  876. 1253

    Article 1253

    Article (1253) If one or more of the probable heirs included in the division die before the death of the testator, the separate share falling to the lot of such deceased person shall devolve as co-owned property upon the remainder of the heirs in accordance with the rules of succession, without prejudice to the mandatory provisions of succession.

  877. 1255

    Article 1255

    Article (1255) If the property divided does not include the debts of the estate, or if it does include them, but the creditors do not agree to such division, it shall be permissible for any heir, in the absence of agreement with the creditors, to apply to the court for a division and for settlement of the debts, provided that so far as is possible the division provided for by the testator, and the considerations upon which it is founded, shall be applied. 3- Provisions relating to unliquidated estates

  878. 1256

    Article 1256

    Article (1256) If the estate has not been liquidated in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the ordinary creditors of the estate may enforce their rights or such as have been bequeathed to them against the real property of the estate which has been disposed of, or over which third property rights in rem have arisen if they have placed a restriction on it for their debts prior

    -- 288 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 289 to the registration of the dispositions. Part 4: Wills

  879. 1263

    Part 5: Acquisition by accretion

    Article 1263

    Article (1263) (1) The owner of soil which has become displaced through an act of God may make a claim for it if it can be ascertained, and the owner of the land of greater value shall indemnify the owner of the land of lesser value for the value thereof, and he shall become the owner of such soil. (2) No such claim shall be heard after the expiration of one year from the occurrence of the incident.

  880. 1265

    Part 5: Acquisition by accretion

    Article 1265

    Article (1265)

    -- 290 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 291 Islands, both large and small, which are formed in lakes, and likewise the silt of lakes and of the sea shall be deemed to be the property of the state.

  881. 1266

    Article 1266

    Article (1266) Land rising over the sea, lakes, pools and ponds which have no owner shall be the property of the state. b- Accretion by act of persons

  882. 1267

    Article 1267

    Article (1267) Any building, plant or work standing upon land shall be deemed to have been put there by the owner of the land at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

  883. 1268

    Article 1268

    Article (1268) If an owner of land builds on his land with materials owned by a third party but without his consent, then, if the materials are still in existence and the owner demands their return, the land owner must return them to him, but if they have been destroyed or wasted, he must pay the value thereof to their owner, and in either event the owner of the land must pay compensation if appropriate.

  884. 1269

    Article 1269

    Article (1269) If a person places a building, plant or other installation using materials he has, on land which he knows belongs to another, without the consent of the owner thereof, the owner may require that what has been placed there be removed at the expense of the person who placed it there, and if the removal would damage the land, he may become the owner thereof for the value which they would have had if removed.

  885. 1270

    Article 1270

    Article (1270) If a person places a building, plant or other construction with materials of his on the land of

    -- 291 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 292 another claiming a lawful cause, then, if the value of the things placed and still existing is greater than the value of the land, the person who has placed them there may acquire ownership of the land at a fair value, and if the value of the land is not less than the value of the things placed there, the owner of the land may acquire ownership thereof at their existing value.

  886. 1273

    Article 1273

    Article (1273) If one of the owners of shares builds for himself on co-owned property capable of being divided up without the consent of the others, and the property is then divided up, then, if the built-up part falls to his lot he shall be the owner of it, and if it falls to the lot of another he may acquire the ownership thereof for the value which it would have if removed, or he may require the builder to demolish it. 2- Accretion to chattels

    -- 292 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 293

  887. 1274

    Article 1274

    Article (1274) If moveables accrue to different owners in such a way that they cannot be separated without damage and there is no agreement between the owners, the court shall decide upon the dispute in accordance with custom and the rules of equity, having regard to any damage which may occur the state of both parties, and the good faith of each of them. Part 6: Contract

  888. 1275

    Part 6: Contract

    Article 1275

    Article (1275) Ownership and other rights in rem over moveables and real property may be transferred by contract if the elements and conditions thereof required by law are satisfied, but without prejudice to the provisions of the following Articles.

  889. 1276

    Part 6: Contract

    Article 1276

    Article (1276) Ownership of moveables not specified by type may only be transferred by specific appropriation.

  890. 1277

    Part 6: Contract

    Article 1277

    Article (1277) Ownership of real property or other rights in rem over real property may not be transferred between the two contracting parties so as to be valid against a third party save by registration in accordance with the special laws.

  891. 1278

    Part 6: Contract

    Article 1278

    Article (1278) An undertaking to transfer ownership of real property shall be limited to an obligation to pay compensation if the undertaker is in breach of his undertaking, whether the undertaking contains a provision to pay compensation or not. Part 7: Pre-emption 1- General Provisions

  892. 1283

    Article 1283

    Article (1283) The pre-emptee is a person who owns the share of one of the co-owners by way of full ownership supervening upon the ownership of the other co-owner by way of commutative contract, whether for money consideration or not.

  893. 1284

    Article 1284

    Article (1284) Property subject to pre-emption is real property capable of division disposed of by contract by one of the co-owners notwithstanding that such contract was by way of exchange for similar property, or if the real property is a building or tree owned by two co-owners on waqf land, and if the land is not capable of division, then there shall be no right of pre-emption over it.

  894. 1285

    Article 1285

    Article (1285) (1) If one of the co-owners sells his share in co-owned real property and the others take that

    -- 295 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 296 share by pre-emption, it shall be divided between them in accordance with the amount of the portion of each and not on a per capita basis, and if the purchaser is one of them, they shall leave him his share of the pre-emption in it at the price for which he bought it, and they shall not take the whole of the share from him. (2) Shares shall be calculated as at the date of the arising of the right of pre-emption and not the date of sale.

  895. 1290

    Article 1290

    Article (1290) Real property subject to a right of pre-emption must belong to the pre-emptor at the time of the sale of such property.

  896. 1291

    Article 1291

    Article (1291) If there is an established right of pre-emption, it shall not lapse upon the death of the seller, the purchaser or the pre-emptor.

  897. 1292

    Article 1292

    Article (1292) There shall be no pre-emption in the following circumstances: (a) property acquired by a gift with no consideration, charitable donation, inheritance, or by testamentary disposition; and (b) in respect of buildings and trees deliberately sold without the land upon which they stand, or in respect of buildings or trees on land owned by the state.

    -- 297 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 298

  898. 1294

    Article 1294

    Article (1294) If the real property is subject to a right of pre-emption is sold in one deal, the pre-emptor shall have the option either to take the whole of it or to leave it to the purchaser, but he may not take part of it to the exclusion of another part save by the consent of the purchaser whether the land sold was one share or several shares, and whether there was one purchaser or seller, or several.

  899. 1295

    Article 1295

    Article (1295) If any of the pre-emptors waives his right to take by pre-emption or if he is absent before taking his right of pre-emption, the remainder or those of them who are present may take the whole of the property subject to pre-emption or may leave the whole of it, and they may

    -- 298 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 299 not take part to the exclusion of another part save with the consent of the purchaser. In the event that the person present elects to take the whole of the land subject to the right of pre-emption, the provisions of the following Article shall be observed.

  900. 1297

    Article 1297

    Article (1297) Claims for pre-emption shall not be heard: (1) if the sale has taken place by public auction under procedures laid down by law; (2) if the sale has been by ascendants and descendants, or between two spouses, or between relatives up to the fourth degree, or between relatives by marriage up to the second degree; (3) if the pre-emptor has waived his right expressly or by implication. 2- Procedures for pre-emption

  901. 1298

    Article 1298

    Article (1298) (1) A claim for pre-emption must be brought within two months from the date on which the

    -- 299 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 300 pre-emptor learned of the sale. (2) In no case shall a claim for pre-emption be heard after the expiration of six months from the date of registration.

  902. 1301

    Article 1301

    Article (1301) Without prejudice to the rules relating to registration, the title of the pre-emptor in the sale shall be established by order of the court or by his taking delivery from the purchaser by consent. 3- Procedures for pre-emption

    -- 300 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 301

  903. 1302

    Article 1302

    Article (1302) The yield of real property exploited by a purchaser before it is taken from him by pre-emption shall belong to him until the time it is taken, and if he has leased to a third party before it is taken by pre-emption and the rent is payable by a lump-sum or monthly and the lessee has paid the rent, the pre-emptor may not cancel the lease. The rent shall belong to the purchaser if the balance of the period of the lease after the land is taken by pre-emption does not exceed one year, and if the rent is payable monthly and the lessee has not paid the rent or if the balance of the period is greater than one year, then the pre-emptor may cancel the lease or affirm it, in which latter case the rent shall belong to him after the land is taken by pre-emption.

  904. 1306

    Article 1306

    Article (1306) No mortgage for security or any priority right created by or against the purchaser against the land subject to pre-emption shall be valid as against the pre-emptor if such right arose after the claim for pre-emption had been made, and the rights of the obligees shall remain as against the proceeds of sale of the land. Part 8: Possession 1- General Provisions

  905. 1307

    Part 8: Possession

    Article 1307

    Article (1307) (1) Possession is actual control by a person through himself over a thing or a right which may be dealt in. (2) Possession by an intermediary shall be valid if the intermediary exercises it in the name of the possessor and if his relationship with the possessor binds him to comply with his directions in connection with such possession. (3) A person not of the age of discretion shall acquire possession through the person representing him at law. (4) Possession may not be based on an act done by a person on the grounds only that it is

    -- 302 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 303 permitted, or an act not objected to by a third party by way of toleration.

  906. 1311

    Article 1311

    Article (1311) (1) If several persons dispute the possession of a thing or right; the possession shall be provisionally deemed to be that of the person having physical possession unless it is proved that he has obtained such possession in a manner tainted by a defect. (2) The possession shall retain the same status as it started with when obtained, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

    -- 303 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 304

  907. 1312

    Article 1312

    Article (1312) A person in possession of a thing shall be deemed to be acting in good faith if he is ignorant that he is infringing the rights of another person, and good faith shall be presumed unless there is evidence to the contrary.

  908. 1313

    Article 1313

    Article (1313) (1) Good faith shall continue to be presumed in favour of the possessor save from the time at which he becomes aware that his possession amounts to an infringement of a third party's right. (2) Likewise, the quality of good faith shall cease as from the time the possessor is notified of the defects in his possession in a statement of claim. (3) A person who has improperly acquired possession by duress from a third party shall be deemed to be acting in bad faith.

  909. 1314

    Article 1314

    Article (1314) Possession shall cease if the possessor abandons his actual control over the thing or right, or if he loses it by any other means.

  910. 1315

    Article 1315

    Article (1315) (1) Possession shall not cease by virtue of a temporary obstacle interfering with the exercise of actual control over the thing or right. (2) No claim in respect thereof shall be heard if such obstacle continues for a whole year and arises out of a new possession taking place either against the will or without the knowledge of the possessor. (3) The year shall be calculated from the time at which the new possession commenced if such time is evident, and from the time the first possessor became aware of it if it commenced secretly. If there is any fundamental obstacle to bringing a claim, the year shall be calculated as from the time when it could have been brought.

    -- 304 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 305

  911. 1316

    Article 1316

    Article (1316) If a possessor brings a claim for delivery up and recovery of his possession, he may apply for an order restraining the defendant from placing any buildings or planting any trees on the disputed land so long as the claim continues, provided that he submits sufficient security against any damage the defendant may suffer if it appears that the claimant was unjustified in bringing his claim. 2- Effects of possession a- Passage of time in prescription

  912. 1317

    Article 1317

    Article (1317) Whoever is in possession of chattels or unregistered land as owner thereof or who possesses a right in rem over moveables or an unregistered right in rem over real property shall, if his possession has continued uninterrupted for 15 years, be free of any claims, if he denies the same, for ownership or claims for a right in rem from any person not having a lawful excuse (for having delayed bringing such claim).

  913. 1318

    Article 1318

    Article (1318) (1) If possession arises over land or an unregistered right in rem over land, then, if the possession is accompanied by good faith and is at the same time based on a valid cause, the period of prescription for bringing claims shall be seven years. (2) A valid cause is a document or event proving possession of real property, and the following shall be deemed to be valid causes: (a) transfer of property by inheritance or testamentary disposition; (b) gifts inter vivos with or without consideration; or (c) sale and barter.

  914. 1320

    Article 1320

    Article (1320) (1) No claim for absolute ownership or claim for an inheritance or for a waqf bestowed on progeny shall be heard against a person in possession of real property if such property has been in the possession of him and the person from whom he acquired it by sale, gift, testamentary disposition or otherwise for the period laid down for the prescription of claims. (2) If possession exists and it is proved that it existed at a previous time, that fact shall be evidence that it continued between those two times unless there is proof to the contrary.

  915. 1322

    Article 1322

    Article (1322) Passage of time barring proceedings for ownership shall not apply if the person having the right and the right to claim has a lawful excuse for not having done so.

  916. 1323

    Article 1323

    Article (1323) The passage of time shall not be interrupted if possession of real property ceases, in the event that the owner recovers it or makes a claim for the recovery thereof within one year.

    -- 306 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 307

  917. 1324

    Article 1324

    Article (1324) Subject to the foregoing provisions the rules for the prescription of claims by passage of time relating to rights of possession shall apply in the calculation, cessation or interruption of and reliance on such time limit before the courts, waiver thereof, and agreement to vary the time, to such extent as these rules do not conflict with possession. b- Possession of moveables

  918. 1325

    Article 1325

    Article (1325) (1) No claim of ownership shall be heard against a person in possession of a moveable or a right in rem over a moveable or a bearer bill if his possession is based on a valid cause and he is acting in good faith. (2) Possession shall of itself be indicative evidence of ownership unless the contrary is proved.

  919. 1326

    Article 1326

    Article (1326) (1) By way of exception to the provisions of the foregoing Article, the owner of a moveable or a bearer bill may, if he has lost it, or it has been stolen or misappropriated from him, recover it from the person in possession of it in good faith within a period of three years from the date of the loss, theft or misappropriation, and the provisions relating to misappropriated moveables shall apply to the recovery. (2) If the person in possession of the stolen, lost or misappropriated thing has bought it in good faith in the market, by public auction, or by a person trading in similar things, he may require the person recovering that thing from him to pay the price which he has paid. c- Acquisition of fruits by possession

  920. 1327

    Article 1327

    Article (1327) A person in possession in good faith shall be the owner of the fruits and benefits arising

    -- 307 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 308 during the period of his possession.

  921. 1328

    Article 1328

    Article (1328) (1) A person in possession in bad faith shall be liable in respect of all of the fruits which he has received or failed to receive from the time at which he began to act in bad faith. (2) He may recover what he has spent in producing such fruits. d-Recovery of expenses

  922. 1331

    Article 1331

    Article (1331) (1) If a person in possession in good faith enjoys the thing in the belief that it is his right to do so, he shall not be liable towards another person having a right to the thing in respect of such enjoyment.

    -- 308 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 309 (2) A person in possession in good faith shall not be liable for any destruction or damage sustained by the thing save to the extent of any compensation he may have recovered or security obtained in respect of such destruction or damage.

  923. 1332

    Article 1332

    Article (1332) If a person is in possession in bad faith, he shall be liable for the destruction or loss of a thing notwithstanding that the same may have occurred through no fault of his. Section 2: Rights deriving from ownership Chapter One: Rights of usufruct, use, habitation, flat space, and decision Part 1: Rights of enjoyment (1) General Provisions

  924. 1333

    Chapter One: Rights of usufruct, use, habitation, flat space, and decision

    Article 1333

    Article (1333) Usufruct is a right in rem for the beneficiary to use and exploit a property belonging to oth- ers as long as it remains as it is.

  925. 1334

    Chapter One: Rights of usufruct, use, habitation, flat space, and decision

    Article 1334

    Article (1334) He acquires the right to benefit from a legal action, by pre-emption, by inheritance, or by the passage of time.

  926. 1336

    Chapter One: Rights of usufruct, use, habitation, flat space, and decision

    Article 1336

    Article (1336) The rights and obligations of the beneficiary shall take into account the instrument that created the usufruct right, as well as the provisions stipulated in the following articles.

    -- 309 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 310

  927. 1337

    Part 1: Rights of enjoyment

    Article 1337

    Article (1337) The fruits of the thing benefited from are the right of the beneficiary for the duration of its benefit.

  928. 1338

    Article 1338

    Article (1338) (1) The usufructuary may deal with the property enjoyed in the usual manner if the document giving rise to the usufruct imposes no restriction. (2) If is subject to a restriction, the usufructuary may exercise the enjoyment by use of his own property, or similar property, or without it. (3) The owner of the reversion may object to any unlawful use or any use inconsistent with the nature of the thing enjoyed, and may apply to the court to terminate the right of usufruct and to return the property to him, without prejudice to third party rights.

  929. 1340

    Article 1340

    Article (1340) (1) The usufructuary must exercise the care of the reasonable man in preserving the usufruct. (2) If the property is damaged or destroyed without any wrongful act or default on the part of the usufructuary, he shall not be liable therefor.

  930. 1341

    Article 1341

    Article (1341)

    -- 310 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 311 The usufructuary shall be liable for the value of the thing enjoyed if it is damaged or destroyed after the termination of the period of the usufruct in the event that he does not return it to the owner in circumstances where he could have done so, notwithstanding that he did not use the property after the termination of the period and notwithstanding that the owner may not have claimed it back.

  931. 1342

    Article 1342

    Article (1342) (1) The usufructuary must notify the owner: (a) if a third party claims a right over the property enjoyed, or if it is misappropriated; (b) if the property is destroyed or damaged or requires major repairs of a kind for which the owner is responsible; and (c) if it is necessary to take steps to avert a danger which had been hidden. (2) If the usufructuary does not give such notice, then he shall be liable for any damage sustained by the owner.

  932. 1345

    Article 1345

    Article (1345) If the specified period for usufruct has expired and the usufructed land is occupied with crops, the land is left to the beneficiary for a similar fee until he cultivates the crops and reaps, unless the law stipulates otherwise.

  933. 1348

    Article 1348

    Article (1348) A claim for a usufruct right shall not be heard by the passage of time if fifteen years have elapsed since it has not been used. Part 2: Rights of use of residence

  934. 1349

    Part 2: Rights of use of residence

    Article 1349

    Article (1349) It is permissible for the benefit to be based on the right of use, the right of residence, or both.

    -- 312 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 313

  935. 1350

    Part 2: Rights of use of residence

    Article 1350

    Article (1350) The extent of the right of use and the right of residence is determined solely by the needs of the right holder and his family, taking into account the provisions of the document estab- lishing the right.

  936. 1351

    Part 2: Rights of use of residence

    Article 1351

    Article (1351) It is not permissible to assign the right of use or the right of residence to others except based on an explicit condition in the document establishing the right or of extreme necessity.

  937. 1352

    Part 2: Rights of use of residence

    Article 1352

    Article (1352) The provisions of the usufruct right apply to the right of use and the right of residence inso- far as they do not conflict with the previous provisions and the nature of these two rights. Part 3: Rights of musataha (user of the land of another)

  938. 1353

    Part 3: Rights of musataha (user of the land of another)

    Article 1353

    Article (1353) The musataha right is a real right that gives its owner the right to erect a building or plants on someone else’s land.

  939. 1354

    Part 3: Rights of musataha (user of the land of another)

    Article 1354

    Article (1354) (1) A right of musataha may be acquired by agreement or by the passage of time. (2) It may be transferred by inheritance or testamentary disposition. (3) The document creating the right shall govern the rights and obligations of the person having the right.

  940. 1355

    Part 3: Rights of musataha (user of the land of another)

    Article 1355

    Article (1355) (1) It shall be permissible to assign or pledge a right of musataha. (2) It shall also be permissible to create rights of easement thereover provided that they do not conflict with the nature thereof.

    -- 313 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 314

  941. 1357

    Article 1357

    Article (1357) The owner of the right of musataha shall be the owner of any buildings or plants which he has placed upon the land, and he may dispose of them along with the right of musataha.

  942. 1359

    Article 1359

    Article (1359) A right of musataha shall not cease by virtue of the removal of the buildings or plants prior to the expiration of the period.

  943. 1360

    Article 1360

    Article (1360) Upon the termination of a right of musataha, the provisions of Article 785 of this Law shall apply to the buildings and plants, unless an agreement to the contrary has been made. Chapter Two: Waqfs (Charitable trusts)

  944. 1361

    Chapter Two: Waqfs (Charitable trusts)

    Article 1361

    Article (1361)

    -- 314 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 315 The provisions laid down in a special law shall apply to waqfs. Chapter Three: Rights of easement Part 1: Creation of rights of easement

  945. 1363

    Chapter Two: Waqfs (Charitable trusts)

    Article 1363

    Article (1363) (1) Rights of easement may be acquired by consent or by legal disposition or by inheritance. (2) Openly enjoyed rights of easement may likewise be acquired by passage of time, including rights of way, and canal rights and rights of passage of water, unless it is established that the right is unlawful, in which case the damage must be made good, for however long it has existed.

  946. 1365

    Article 1365

    Article (1365) (1) Restrictions imposed upon the right of an owner of real property to build shall be regarded as rights of easement against such property in favour of other real property for the benefit of which such rights exist, unless a contrary agreement has been made. (2) Any transgression of those rights shall give rise to a claim that they be made good by specific performance or by compensation if such a course is shown to be appropriate.

  947. 1366

    Article 1366

    Article (1366)

    -- 315 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 316 If the owner of two separate properties creates an open and evident easement between them, the right of easement shall remain if either or both of the two properties are transferred to other owners without any alteration in their condition, unless an agreement to the contrary is made. Part 2: Scope of rights of easement

  948. 1367

    Part 2: Scope of rights of easement

    Article 1367

    Article (1367) The extent of rights of easement shall be defined in the document whereby they are created and by the custom prevailing in the place where the property concerned is, and it shall likewise be subject to the following provisions.

  949. 1368

    Part 2: Scope of rights of easement

    Article 1368

    Article (1368) The owner of the dominant property may exercise his rights within lawful limits, and must do what is necessary for the use and maintenance of his right, without increasing the degree of burden of the easement, and he may use that right in such a manner as to cause no more than minimal damage.

  950. 1370

    Article 1370

    Article (1370) The owner of the servient property may not do any act such as to affect the use of the right

    -- 316 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 317 of easement nor may he alter its character unless the right of easement existing over an old place has become more onerous for the owner of the servient property, or if he is prevented from carrying out useful repairs, and in that event the owner of such property may require that the right be transferred to a different place in which it may be enjoyed as easily as in the previous place.

  951. 1371

    Article 1371

    Article (1371) (1) If the dominant property is divided up, the right of easement shall remain in existence in favour of each part of it, provided that that does not increase the burden to the servient property. (2) If the right benefits only some of such parts, the owner of the servient property may require that it be terminated in respect of the other parts.

  952. 1372

    Article 1372

    Article (1372) (1) If the servient property is divided up, the right of easement shall remain in existence over each part of it. (2) However, if the right is not in fact used over some of such parts and it is not possible to use it over those parts, the owner of each part thereof may require that the right be terminated in respect of his part. Part 3: Termination of rights of easement

  953. 1373

    Part 3: Termination of rights of easement

    Article 1373

    Article (1373) A right of easement shall terminate upon the expiration of the period laid down therefor, or by virtue of the subject matter of it ceasing to exist.

  954. 1374

    Part 3: Termination of rights of easement

    Article 1374

    Article (1374) A right of easement shall terminate if the dominant and servient properties come into one ownership, and shall arise again if the reason for the termination, attributable to a past event, ceases to exist.

    -- 317 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 318

  955. 1376

    Part 3: Termination of rights of easement

    Article 1376

    Article (1376) A right of easement shall terminate if the owner of it annuls his use of it, and notifies the owner of the dominant property that he has withdrawn from the use of such right.

  956. 1377

    Article 1377

    Article (1377) A right of easement shall terminate if the purpose for which it existed in favour of the dominant land ceases, or if only a limited benefit remains which is incommensurate with the burdens imposed upon the servient property.

  957. 1381

    Article 1381

    Article (1381) If connection with a public highway is prevented by reason of the dividing up of the land by a legal disposition, a right of way may only be required over parts of that land. 2- Right to draw water

  958. 1382

    Article 1382

    Article (1382) The right to draw water is the taking of turns to have the use of water for the irrigation of land or crops.

  959. 1384

    Article 1384

    Article (1384) (1) If a person makes a stream or water course for the irrigation of his land, no other person shall have the right to use it save by his consent. (2) Nevertheless it shall be permissible for neighbouring owners to use a stream or water course as required for the irrigation of their land after the owner has satisfied his need therefrom, and the neighbouring owners must, in that event, share in the costs of making and maintaining the stream or water course in proportion to the area of their land in respect

    -- 319 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 320 of which they benefit from it.

  960. 1385

    Article 1385

    Article (1385) No co-owner of a source of water or of a co-owned stream may create another channel from it save by the consent of the other co-owners.

  961. 1386

    Article 1386

    Article (1386) If the owners of the right to draw water do not agree to carry out necessary repairs to the source of the water or tributaries or a co-owned stream, it shall be permissible to compel them to do so in proportion to the shares of each of them upon the application of any of them.

  962. 1387

    Article 1387

    Article (1387) The right to draw water may be inherited, and the benefit thereof disposed of by testamentary disposition, but may not be sold save with the land, nor may it be given by gift, or leased. 3- Rights of passage of water

  963. 1388

    Article 1388

    Article (1388) (1) A right of passage of water is the right of a land owner to have water for irrigation flow over the land of another in order to reach his land from a source remote from it. (2) If such right is established in favour of any person, the owners of land over which the water flows may not block its passage.

  964. 1389

    Article 1389

    Article (1389) If a right of passage of water is established in favour of any person over the property of another and it causes damage to him, the owner of the right of passage must repair it to remove the damage, and if he fails to do so the owner of the other land may do so at the expense of the owner of the right of passage, up to the customary limit.

    -- 320 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 321

  965. 1392

    Article 1392

    Article (1392) Free flow is the flowing or drainage of water which is either unusable or exceeds the requirement of the land of another over which it flows.

  966. 1394

    Article 1394

    Article (1394) An owner of agricultural land shall have the right to draw off unusable water or water which is in excess of the requirements of the land over which it flows, in consideration of appropriate compensation.

  967. 1395

    Article 1395

    Article (1395) The owners of land over which water flows naturally may make use of installations for the drawing off of such water provided that each of them bears the cost of erecting, modifying and maintaining such installations in proportion to the benefit derived therefrom by each of them.

  968. 1396

    Article 1396

    Article (1396) No person may create a harmful flow of water on to land owned by another or on to a public or private road, and the damage shall be made good notwithstanding that it may have been continuing for a long time.

  969. 1397

    Article 1397

    Article (1397) Owners of new installations may not divert the flow of water produced thereby on to the land of another without his consent, unless they have a right to do so.

  970. 1398

    Article 1398

    Article (1398) (1) An owner of land may modify the surface thereof in such a way that rain water flows on chis land or on to a public highway, subject to the special laws and regulations. (2) It shall not be permissible for him to create a flow of water on to neighbouring land,

    -- 322 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 323 unless he has an old established right to do so. Book Four: Securities Over Property Section 1: Pledge (or mortgage) by way of security Chapter One: Definition and creation of a pledge by way of security

  971. 1399

    Chapter One: Definition and creation of a pledge by way of security

    Article 1399

    Article (1399) A pledge by way of security is a contract whereby an obligee acquires, over real property allocated for the satisfaction of his debt, a right in rem whereby he shall take precedence over ordinary obligees and obligees subsequent in rank to him in the satisfaction of his right out of the proceeds of such land, in the possession of whomsoever it may be.

  972. 1400

    Chapter One: Definition and creation of a pledge by way of security

    Article 1400

    Article (1400) A pledge by way of security may only be made by registration thereof, and the pledgor shall be bound to pay the costs of the contract unless a contrary agreement is made.

  973. 1402

    Article 1402

    Article (1402) It shall not be permissible to pledge the property of a third party save with the consent of the true owner by a notarised instrument.

  974. 1404

    Article 1404

    Article (1404) (1) It shall be permissible for a guardian with the consent of the court to pledge property of a minor or a person under a restriction to a stranger for a debt owed to him by either of them. (2) It shall not be permissible for him to pledge his property held by a minor or person under a restriction, nor to take a pledge of the property of either of such persons for himself.

  975. 1405

    Article 1405

    Article (1405) The real property pledged by way of security pledge must be present and in existence when the pledge is made.

  976. 1406

    Article 1406

    Article (1406) (1) It shall not be permissible for there to be a security pledge save over real property which may be dealt in and sold by public auction or a right in rem over real property. (2) It shall be permissible for the court to set aside a contract of pledge by way of security if the land pledged has not been sufficiently described.

  977. 1407

    Article 1407

    Article (1407) A pledge by way of security shall include the appurtenances of the land by way of buildings,

    -- 324 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 325 growing things, and things which have become part of the land of affixation, and any new buildings erected on the land after the contract was made.

  978. 1408

    Article 1408

    Article (1408) (1) A co-owner of co-owned property may pledge his share, and the pledge shall be transferred, after division, to the separate share falling to his portion, having regard to the registration thereof with the land registry. (2) Sums owing to him out of the shares or the proceeds of sale of the land shall be appropriated towards satisfaction of the debt for which the pledge was made.

  979. 1409

    Article 1409

    Article (1409) The consideration for a pledge way of security must be an ascertained debt owed or promised, specified at the time of the pledge, or specific property which is guaranteed.

  980. 1410

    Article 1410

    Article (1410) A pledge by way of security shall be indivisible, and each part of the real property pledged shall stand as security for the whole of the debt and each part of the debt secured by the real property pledged.

  981. 1414

    Chapter Two: Effects of a pledge by way of security

    Article 1414

    Article (1414) The pledgor shall be the guarantor of the property pledged and he shall be liable in full for its safety until the date the debt is paid. The pledgee may make objection to any shortfall in his security and may take such steps as will preserve his right, and shall have recourse against the pledgor for the costs of so doing.

  982. 1415

    Article 1415

    Article (1415) (1) If the property pledged is destroyed or damaged through the default of the pledgor, the pledgee shall have the right to require that his debt be paid immediately or that sufficient security for his debt be provided. (2) If the loss or damage occurs through a cause with which the pledgor had nothing to do, he may elect between providing sufficient security for the debt or discharging the debt prior to the maturity date thereof. (3) If acts take place which are such as to expose the property pledged to destruction or damage or which may render the property insufficient as a security, then the pledgee may apply to the court for an order that such acts cease and that steps be taken to prevent any damage occurring.

  983. 1417

    Article 1417

    Article (1417) If the pledgor is a guarantor in rem, it shall not be permissible to recover the debt otherwise than that of the property pledged, and he may not exercise a recourse against the debtor prior to execution against his property. 2- In relation to the obligee-pledgee

  984. 1418

    Article 1418

    Article (1418) A pledgee of a pledge by way of security may assign his right to another person provided that the debtor consents, and the deed of assignment shall be registered with the land registry.

  985. 1419

    Article 1419

    Article (1419) (1) A pledgee may satisfy his debt out of the land pledged upon the debt falling due in accordance with the rank which he holds after taking the steps laid down in the law of procedures before the civil courts, and special laws. (2) If the land is insufficient to satisfy his debt, he may have recourse for the balance of his debt against the assets of the debtor as an ordinary creditor.

  986. 1422

    Part 2: Effects of a pledge by way of security in relation to the non-contracting parties

    Article 1422

    Article (1422) A pledge by way of security shall be effective as against the non-contracting parties as from the date of registration thereof prior to third parties acquiring rights in rem over the property pledged.

  987. 1426

    Article 1426

    Article (1426) It shall be permissible for an obligee-pledgee to assign the rank of his pledge up to the amount of his debt to another obligee-pledgee over the same property pledged, and it shall be permissible to rely, in respect of such ranking, as against that other creditor on all arguments upon which it would have been permissible to rely as against the original creditor save in respect of those matters connected with the expiration of the rights of the first creditor if such expiration took place subsequent to the assignment of his rank.

  988. 1432

    Article 1432

    Article (1432) A person in possession of land pledged by way of security may pay the debt covered by the pledge together with expenses after notification being given to him, and provided that he shall have a right of recourse against the debtor in respect of what he has paid and he may also take the place of the creditor who has obtained satisfaction of his debt, in respect of such rights as he has.

  989. 1435

    Article 1435

    Article (1435) It shall be permissible for a person in possession of land pledged by way of security to

    -- 330 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 331 intervene in the proceedings for the sale of the land by auction, and if the sale is awarded to him and he pays the price he shall be deemed to be the owner of the land under the original deed of ownership, and the land shall be freed of the right registered.

  990. 1440

    Chapter Three: Expiry of pledges by way of security

    Article 1440

    Article (1440) (1) A pledge by way of security shall expire upon the expiration of the debt secured in full. (2) If the cause of the expiration of the debt ceases to exist, the pledge shall arise again as it was before without prejudice to the rights of persons acting in good faith acquired by them during the period between the expiration and the re-arising of the right.

  991. 1441

    Chapter Three: Expiry of pledges by way of security

    Article 1441

    Article (1441) (1) A debtor may pay the debt secured by the pledge by way of security and the appurtenances thereof prior to the time for the payment of it. (2) If the creditor does not accept such discharge, the debtor may deposit the money with the land registry which shall, after ascertaining the value thereof, settle the amount owed by the debtor and deliver to him the deed of discharge and termination of the pledge, regard being had therein to special laws.

  992. 1444

    Article 1444

    Article (1444) A pledge by way of security shall expire if the obligee-pledgee waives the same.

    -- 332 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 333

  993. 1473

    Article 1473

    Article (1473) The pledgee may not dispose of the goods pledged without the consent of the pledgor, and it shall not be permissible for him to dispose of them unless he is an agent for sale.

  994. 1476

    Article 1476

    Article (1476) If the obligee misuses the property pledged, the pledgor shall have the right to require that the property pledged be placed in the possession of a stakeholder.

  995. 1484

    Chapter Three: Special provisions relating to certain possessory pledges

    Article 1484

    Article (1484) A possessory pledge of land shall not be deemed to be effective as against the

    -- 340 of 351 --

    Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issuance of the Civil Transactions Law of the United Arab Emirates 341 non-contracting parties unless it is registered, in addition to the (actual) possession by the obligee-pledgee of the property pledged.

  996. 1492

    Part 3: Pledges of debts

    Article 1492

    Article (1492) (1) A pledge of a debt shall not be effective as against the debtor unless he is notified of such pledge or he consents thereto. (2) It shall not be effective as against any person other than the debtor unless the pledgee is in possession of the instrument evidencing the debt pledged. (3) The pledge shall rank as from the date on which notification or acceptance is proved to have taken place.

  997. 1500

    Article 1500

    Article (1500) The provisions relating to pledges of moveable property by way of possessory pledge shall apply to pledges of debts, to the extent that they do not conflict with the foregoing provisions. Chapter Four: Termination of possessory pledges

  998. 1501

    Chapter Four: Termination of possessory pledges

    Article 1501

    Article (1501) A possessory pledge shall terminate upon the termination of the debt secured in full, and shall rearise with it if the cause for the termination of the debt ceases to exist, without prejudice to rights which third parties acting in good faith may have lawfully acquired during the period between the expiry of the debt and the rearising thereof.

  999. 1508

    Article 1508

    Article (1508) (1) The provisions relating to pledges for security shall apply to priority rights over real property, to the extent that they do not conflict with the nature thereof. (2) Priority rights securing rights due to the public treasury and the fees and costs of judicial sales shall not be registrable.

  1000. 1523

    Article 1523

    Article (1523) The priority right of a hotelier shall rank equally with the priority right of a landlord, and if both rights exist simultaneously, the earlier of them in date shall be preferred unless the right is invalid as against the other.

Note: The Arabic text of this legislation is the authoritative version as per the official UAE Legislation portal.

Articles in this law(1000)
  1. 1Article (1) The annexed law concerning civil transactions for the United Arab Em
  2. 2Article (2) This Law shall be published in the official gazette and shall come i
  3. 3Article (3) Public order shall be deemed to include matters relating to personal
  4. 7Article (7) (1) If the new provision lays down a limitation period shorter than
  5. 8Article (8) The provisions relating to evidential proof current at the time such
  6. 9Article (9) Times shall be calculated according to the solar (Gregorian) calenda
  7. 10Article (10) The law of the State of the United Arab Emirates shall be the autho
  8. 11Article (11) (1) The law of the state of which a person has the nationality shal
  9. 14Article (14) In the circumstances provided for in the two foregoing Articles, if
  10. 15Article (15) Obligations to support relatives shall be governed by the law of th
  11. 18Article (18) (1) Possession, ownership and other rights over property shall be g
  12. 20Article (20) (1) Non-contractual obligations shall be governed by the law of the
  13. 21Article (21) The rules relating to jurisdiction, and all procedural matters, sha
  14. 22Article (22) The provisions of the foregoing Articles shall not apply in cases w
  15. 23Article (23) The principles of private international law shall apply in the abse
  16. 25Article (25) If it appears from the provisions contained in the foregoing Articl
  17. 28Article (28) The law of the United Arab Emirates shall be applied if it is impos
  18. 30Article (30) Exceptions may not be used by analogy, nor may their interpretation
  19. 35Article (35) Certainty shall not be removed by a doubt.
  20. 42Article (42) (1) No harm shall be done, nor harm done in return. (2) Harm shall
  21. 44Article (44) A person shall be bound by his admissions. The averting of evil is
  22. 45Article (45) Compelling need shall not annul the rights of others.
  23. 51Article (51) An obligation under custom has the same force as an expressly stipu
  24. 56Article (56) A subordinate matter (right or obligation) shall be annulled if the
  25. 57Article (57) If (and only if) the original thing is lost, an obligation may be p
  26. 58Article (58) A disposition affecting the public must, to be valid, be in the pub
  27. 61Article (61) No regard shall be had to an (act performed in consequence of a) be
  28. 63Article (63) A person shall be bound by his admissions.
  29. 65Article (65) A matter which is (merely) outwardly apparent suffices as a defence
  30. 66Article (66) The yield (esp. of animals or land) belongs to (him who undertakes)
  31. 68Article (68) No person may validly make a disposition over the property of anoth
  32. 69Article (69) He who prematurely obtains a thing shall be penalised by being depr
  33. 70Article (70) No person may resile from what he has (conclusively) performed. Cha
  34. 72Article (72) (1) The facts of birth and death shall be recorded (or: proved) by
  35. 74Article (74) The provisions relating to lost and missing persons shall be laid d
  36. 75Article (75) (1) The nationality of the State of the United Arab Emirates shall
  37. 76Article (76) (1) The family of a person shall consist of his spouse and relative
  38. 80Article (80) (1) Each person shall have a name and a surname, and his surname sh
  39. 86Article (86) (1) No person who lacks discretion by reason of youth, imbecility o
  40. 87Article (87) Any person who has reached the age of discretion but has not reache
  41. 88Article (88) Persons of no capacity or of defective capacity as the case may be
  42. 89Article (89) No person may divest himself of his personal liberty or of his capa
  43. 90Article (90) Any person who suffers an unlawful infringement of any of the right
  44. 91Article (91) Any person whose use of his name or surname or both is disputed by
  45. 92Article (92) Juridical persons shall consist of the following: - (a) the State,
  46. 94Article (94) Juridical persons shall be subject to the special laws pertaining t
  47. 95Article (95) Property ("mal") is anything or right having a material value in de
  48. 97Article (97) Any thing which can be possessed whether physically or constructive
  49. 98Article (98) Things which are by their nature outside the scope of dealing are t
  50. 99Article (99) (1) Fungible things are those whose units or parts are of a replace
  51. 100Article (100) (1) Consumable things are those the nature of which cannot be enjo
  52. 101Article (101) Any thing of a permanently fixed nature and which cannot be remove
  53. 103Article (103) (1) All real property or movables owned by the State or public jur
  54. 104Article (104) The doing of what is permitted by law negates liability, and no pe
  55. 105Article (105) (1) It is proper that a private harm be borne to avert a public ha
  56. 107Article (107) A right may be personal, property or moral (choses in action).
  57. 108Article (108) A personal right is a legal relationship between an obligee and an
  58. 109Article (109) (1) A property right is a direct power over a particular thing, gi
  59. 110Article (110) (1) Original property rights are rights of ownership, disposal, us
  60. 111Article (111) (1) Moral rights are those which subsist over a non-material thing
  61. 112Article (112) Evidence to prove a right shall take the following forms:- (a) wri
  62. 113Article (113) The burden lies on an obligee to prove his right, and on an obligo
  63. 114Article (114) Writing, testimony and conclusive circumstantial evidence, as well
  64. 115Article (115) Any testimony by which an advantage is gained by or a detriment av
  65. 116Article (116) The testimony of a deaf person, and his oath, shall be admitted by
  66. 117Article (117) The burden of proof is upon him who asserts, and the oath (of deni
  67. 119Article (119) The oath shall be accepted from one who takes it to discharge hims
  68. 121Article (121) The evidence of a translator registered in the special register sh
  69. 122Article (122) Conflicting evidence shall have no force, but (sic) it shall be of
  70. 123Article (123) In the rules and procedures for proof and the adducing of evidence
  71. 124Article (124) Personal obligations or rights shall arise out of dispositions, le
  72. 126Article (126) The following may be the subject matter of a contract: (a) propert
  73. 127Article (127) A contract to do an unlawful thing is unlawful.
  74. 128Article (128) (1) The general provisions contained in this Part shall apply to n
  75. 129Article (129) The necessary elements for the making of a contract are:‑ (a) that
  76. 130Article (130) A contract shall be made by virtue solely of the confluence of off
  77. 131Article (131) Both offer and acceptance are any expression of intent used to cre
  78. 132Article (132) An expression of intent may be made orally or in writing, and may
  79. 133Article (133) The form of acceptance having the purport of a bare promise will g
  80. 134Article (134) (1) An offer of goods or services accompanied by an indication of
  81. 135Article (135) (1) A person who remains silent shall not be deemed to have made a
  82. 137Article (137) If the parties concern themselves during the majlis of the contrac
  83. 138Article (138) A repetition of the offer prior to acceptance annuls the first off
  84. 139Article (139) (1) If a time is fixed for the acceptance to be given, the offeror
  85. 140Article (140) (1) The acceptance must coincide with the offer. (2) If the accept
  86. 141Article (141) (1) A contract may only be made upon the agreement of the two part
  87. 143Article (143) A contract made by telephone or by any similar means shall be rega
  88. 144Article (144) A contract by way of auction shall only be made by the bid being a
  89. 146Article (146) (1) An agreement whereby both or one of the contracting parties un
  90. 147Article (147) If a person promises to make a contract and then renegues and is s
  91. 149Article (149) A contract may be made by a principal and it may also be made by a
  92. 150Article (150) (1) The agency in the contract may be by agreement or by law. (2)
  93. 151Article (151) If a person makes a contract on his own and for his own account th
  94. 152Article (152) (1) If a contract is made by means of an agency, it is the person
  95. 154Article (154) If the party making a contract does not state at the time the cont
  96. 155Article (155) If the agent and the person contracting with him are both ignorant
  97. 156Article (156) It shall not be permissible for a person to contract with himself
  98. 157Article (157) Every person shall have capacity to contract unless that capacity
  99. 158Article (158) A minor who is not of the age of discretion shall not have the rig
  100. 160Article (160) (1) A guardian may permit a minor who has reached the age of 18 Hi
  101. 161Article (161) A minor who is authorised to make dealings within the terms of the
  102. 162Article (162) It shall not be permissible for a minor whether under guardianship
  103. 163Article (163) (1) A judge may grant authorisation to a minor of the age of discr
  104. 164Article (164) The guardian of the property of a minor shall be first his father
  105. 165Article (165) The law shall determine the necessary capacity which the guardian
  106. 166Article (166) Contracts of administration issued by a guardian over the property
  107. 169Article (169) Adult insane persons and imbeciles who are under a restriction sha
  108. 171Article (171) (1) It shall be permissible for the court to permit a person under
  109. 172Article (172) The laws shall set out the procedures to be followed with regard t
  110. 173Article (173) If a person is deaf and dumb or blind and deaf, or blind and dumb
  111. 174Article (174) Dispositions made by guardians, tutors or protectors shall be vali
  112. 175Article (175) If a person of defective capacity uses deceitful means to conceal
  113. 176Article (176) Duress is coercion of a person without the right of so doing to pe
  114. 177Article (177) Duress is forcible if it is threat of grave and imminent danger to
  115. 179Article (179) Forcible duress nullifies consent and vitiates free choice. Non-fo
  116. 181Article (181) In order for there to be duress the person exercising it must be c
  117. 182Article (182) A person who exercises either kind of duress to conclude a contrac
  118. 184Article (184) If the duress is exercised otherwise than by one of the contractin
  119. 186Article (186) Deliberate silence concerning a fact or set of circumstances shall
  120. 187Article (187) If one of the contracting parties makes a misrepresentation to the
  121. 188Article (188) Gross cheating involving land or otherwise is a bargain which no o
  122. 189Article (189) If the cheating, however, slight, affects the property of a person
  123. 190Article (190) If the misrepresentation is made by a person other than the contra
  124. 192Article (192) The right to cancel for misrepresentation and gross cheat shall la
  125. 193Article (193) No regard shall be had for any mistake save in so far as it is con
  126. 194Article (194) If there is a mistake as to the identity of the contract or as to
  127. 195Article (195) A contracting party shall have the right to cancel the contract if
  128. 197Article (197) A mere mistake in an account or in a writing shall not affect the
  129. 198Article (198) A person who has made a mistake may not rely on it in a manner inc
  130. 199Article (199) Every contract must have a subject matter to which it attaches.
  131. 200Article (200) (1) In transactions involving property, the subject matter of the
  132. 201Article (201) If the subject matter is inherently impossible at the time the con
  133. 202Article (202) (1) A future thing may properly be the subject matter of commutati
  134. 204Article (204) If the subject matter of the disposition or the consideration ther
  135. 205Article (205) (1) The subject matter must be such as falls within the ambit of a
  136. 206Article (206) The contract may be accompanied by a condition confirming its purp
  137. 207Article (207) (1) The reason is the direct purpose aimed at by the contract. (2)
  138. 208Article (208) (1) The contract shall not be valid if it does not contain a lawfu
  139. 209Article (209) A valid contract is a contract which is lawful in its essence and
  140. 210Article (210) (1) A void contract is one which is unlawful in its essence and fo
  141. 211Article (211) (1) If part of a contract is void the entire contract shall be voi
  142. 212Article (212) (1) A voidable contract is one which is lawful in its essence but
  143. 214Article (214) The right to grant or withhold consent to the contract shall be th
  144. 215Article (215) (1) Consent may be by any act or word indicating the same expressl
  145. 216Article (216) It is a condition of the validity of the consent that the disposit
  146. 217Article (217) (1) If consentis given to a suspended transaction, it shall become
  147. 218Article (218) (1) A contract shall not be binding on one or both of the contract
  148. 219Article (219) In binding contracts which are liable to be cancelled it shall be
  149. 220Article (220) If each of the two contracting parties has the advantage of the be
  150. 222Article (222) If both of the contracting parties have the advantage of the optio
  151. 223Article (223) (1) Cancellation or affirmation may take place by any act or word
  152. 226Article (226) The option to inspect shall arise in contracts liable to cancellat
  153. 227Article (227) The option to inspect shall remain until the inspection is carried
  154. 228Article (228) The option to inspect shall not prevent the contract becoming effe
  155. 230Article (230) Cancellation under the option to inspect may be by any act or word
  156. 232Article (232) If the contracting parties do not specify the period of the option
  157. 233Article (233) The contract shall not be binding upon the person having the right
  158. 234Article (234) The exercise of the option shall relate back to the time the contr
  159. 236Article (236) If the person having the option to appoint dies during the period
  160. 237Article (237) Contracts capable of being cancelled shall carry with them the rig
  161. 238Article (238) In order for a defect to give rise to an option to reject, it must
  162. 239Article (239) (1) If the conditions set out in the preceding Article are satisfi
  163. 240Article (240) If a contract is cancelled by reason of a defect, the subject matt
  164. 242Article (242) The person having the option to reject for a defect may also retai
  165. 243Article (243) (1) The contract shall apply to the subject matter of the contract
  166. 245Article (245) In the case of commutative contracts to derive benefits from prope
  167. 246Article (246) (1) The contract must be performed in accordance with its contents
  168. 247Article (247) In contracts binding upon both parties, if the mutual obligations
  169. 249Article (249) If exceptional circumstances of a public nature which could not ha
  170. 250Article (250) The effects of the contract shall extend to the contracting partie
  171. 251Article (251) If the contract gives rise to personal rights connected with a thi
  172. 252Article (252) A contract may not impose an obligation upon a third party but it
  173. 255Article (255) (1) The person imposing that condition in the contract, but not hi
  174. 257Article (257) The basic principle in contracts is the consent of the contracting
  175. 258Article (258) (1) The criterion in (the construction of) contracts is intentions
  176. 259Article (259) There shall be no scope for implications in the face of clear word
  177. 260Article (260) Words should be given effect to rather than ignored, but if it is
  178. 262Article (262) An unconditional provision shall be so construed unless there is e
  179. 263Article (263) A description of that which is present is a superfluity, but a des
  180. 264Article (264) Known custom as between merchants shall have the effect of (expres
  181. 265Article (265) (1) If the wording of a contract is clear, it may not be departed
  182. 267Article (267) If the contract is valid and binding, it shall not be permissible
  183. 268Article (268) The contracting parties may mutually revoke the contract by their
  184. 270Article (270) Revocation shall be by offer and acceptance in the session (majlis
  185. 271Article (271) It shall be permissible to agree that a contract shall be regarded
  186. 274Article (274) If the contract is cancelled automatically or by the act of the pa
  187. 275Article (275) If the contract is dissolved by reason of voidness or cancellation
  188. 276Article (276) It shall be permissible for a disposition to take place through th
  189. 277Article (277) The provisions relating to contracts shall apply to unilateral act
  190. 278Article (278) If the elements and conditions of a unilateral disposition are sat
  191. 280Article (280) (1) A promise is something imposed by a person on himself in favou
  192. 282Article (282) Any harm done to another shall render the actor, even though not a
  193. 283Article (283) (1) Harm may be direct or consequential. (2) If the harm is direct
  194. 284Article (284) If the harm is both direct and consequential, the rules relating t
  195. 285Article (285) If a person deceives another he shall be liable to make good the h
  196. 286Article (286) No person who has been caused loss in his property by another may
  197. 287Article (287) If a person proves that the loss arose out of an extraneous cause
  198. 288Article (288) Any person who causes damage in the course of lawful defence of hi
  199. 290Article (290) It shall be permissible for the judge to reduce the level by which
  200. 292Article (292) In all cases the compensation shall be assessed on the basis of th
  201. 293Article (293) (1) The right to have damage made good shall include moral damage,
  202. 294Article (294) The compensation may be made payable by instalments or by of a reg
  203. 295Article (295) The compensation shall be assessed in money, but provided that the
  204. 296Article (296) Any condition purporting to provide exemption from liability for a
  205. 297Article (297) Civil liability shall be without prejudice to criminal liability p
  206. 299Article (299) Compensation shall be payable for any harm caused to a person. Pro
  207. 300Article (300) Whoever destroys or damages property of another shall be obliged t
  208. 301Article (301) If the damage is partial, the person causing it shall be bound to
  209. 302Article (302) (1) If a person damages the property of another in the belief that
  210. 303Article (303) If a minor, whether of discretion or not, or any person of similar
  211. 305Article (305) If a person damages misappropriated goods in the hands of the misa
  212. 306Article (306) If the misappropriator disposes of the goods misappropriated by wa
  213. 308Article (308) The judge may in all cases order the misappropriator to pay such c
  214. 309Article (309) If a person has goods in his possession by way of trust and he is
  215. 310Article (310) Whoever steals goods or seizes them by violence or takes goods mus
  216. 312Article (312) Any act of the same nature as misapprop riation shall be treated a
  217. 314Article (314) Acts done by animals shall be regarded as inevitable, but that whi
  218. 315Article (315) (1) Harm done to a third party by reason of the collapse of a buil
  219. 316Article (316) Any person who has things under his control which require special
  220. 317Article (317) The use of a public right is restricted (so far as is necessary to
  221. 318Article (318) No person may take the property of another without lawful cause, a
  222. 321Article (321) A recovery of property handed over without entitlement may be made
  223. 322Article (322) It shall be proper to recover money paid in satisfaction of a debt
  224. 323Article (323) If payment is obtained from a person other than the obligor and th
  225. 324Article (324) Whoever takes a thing without a claim of right must return it to i
  226. 325Article (325) Whoever performs an act beneficial to a third party otherwise than
  227. 326Article (326) The rules of agency shall apply if the principal ratifies the act
  228. 327Article (327) A voluntary agent must continue the work which he has commenced un
  229. 328Article (328) A voluntary agent is liable for any losses sustained by the princi
  230. 329Article (329) If a voluntary agent delegates the whole or part of the work to an
  231. 330Article (330) A voluntary agent shall have the same obligations as a (duly const
  232. 332Article (332) (1) If a voluntary agent dies, his heirs shall be under the same o
  233. 333Article (333) If a person discharges the obligations of a third party upon his d
  234. 335Article (335) If a pledgor discharges the debt of a third party in order to rele
  235. 336Article (336) No claims arising out of a beneficial act shall be heard after the
  236. 337Article (337) Rights arising directly and exclusively out of the law shall be go
  237. 338Article (338) A right must be satisfied when the legal conditions rendering it d
  238. 339Article (339) (1) Performance shall be voluntary if it takes place by satisfacti
  239. 340Article (340) If a right loses the protection of the law for any reason, there s
  240. 341Article (341) If an obligor discharges a non-enforceable obligation, such discha
  241. 342Article (342) (1) Discharge shall be good if performed by the obligor or his rep
  242. 345Article (345) Discharge may be performed to the obligee or his representative, a
  243. 346Article (346) If an obligee is not a person of full capacity, an obligor shall n
  244. 347Article (347) If an obligee rejects without justification a discharge validly of
  245. 348Article (348) The result of the giving of such notice by the obligor shall be th
  246. 349Article (349) If the subject matter of the discharge is a specific thing, and th
  247. 350Article (350) If the subject matter of the discharge is a perishable thing or if
  248. 351Article (351) The placing in safe keeping or the act performed in its stead shal
  249. 352Article (352) A valid offer shall, with regard to the obligor, take the place of
  250. 355Article (355) (1) The obligor may not compel the obligee to accept partial perfo
  251. 356Article (356) If the obligee is bound to discharge any expenses together with th
  252. 357Article (357) If an obligor is bound by several obligations of the same kind tow
  253. 359Article (359) (1) An obligation must be discharged as soon as it becomes final a
  254. 360Article (360) (1) If an obligation is deferred, the obligor may discharge it pri
  255. 361Article (361) (1) If the subject matter of the obligation is one for specific pe
  256. 363Article (363) The costs of discharge shall be borne by the obligee unless there
  257. 365Article (365) An obligee may, in satisfaction of his right, accept another thing
  258. 366Article (366) (1) Substituted performance governed by the provisions relating to
  259. 367Article (367) The original obligation, together with any securities pertaining t
  260. 368Article (368) Set-off is the satisfaction of an obligation of the obligee by an
  261. 369Article (369) Set-off may either be mandatory, occurring by operation of law, or
  262. 370Article (370) In the case of mandatory set-off, each of the parties must be both
  263. 371Article (371) A set-off may be made by agreement if any of the conditions for a
  264. 372Article (372) A judicial set-off takes place by order of a judge if the conditio
  265. 374Article (374) If an obligee loses property of the obligor, of the same kind as t
  266. 376Article (376) If the obligation is one for which a claim has become time-barred
  267. 377Article (377) If an obligor discharges an obligation of his and has a right to c
  268. 378Article (378) (1) If the same person acquired the status of both obligor and obl
  269. 379Article (379) If the cause of the merging of the two statuses ceases retrospecti
  270. 380Article (380) (1) An obligor shall, after being given notice, be compelled to di
  271. 382Article (382) The judgment of the court shall take the place of performance if t
  272. 384Article (384) If the subject matter of the right is the refraining from an act,
  273. 386Article (386) If it is impossible for an obligor to give specific performance of
  274. 387Article (387) Compensation shall not be due until after the obligor has been put
  275. 390Article (390) (1) The contracting parties may fix the amount of compensation in
  276. 391Article (391) (1) All of the property of the obligor stands as security for the
  277. 392Article (392) (1) Every obligee, notwithstanding that his right may not be due f
  278. 393Article (393) The obligee shall be regarded as acting on behalf of his obligor i
  279. 394Article (394) (1) If a sham contract is made, the obligees of the contracting pa
  280. 395Article (395) If the contracting parties conceal a true contract with an apparen
  281. 396Article (396) If obligations, whether due or deferred, exceed or are equal to th
  282. 398Article (398) If an obligee alleges that the property of the obligor does not ex
  283. 399Article (399) If an order is made declaring that the disposition is ineffective,
  284. 400Article (400) (1) No claim for a declaration that a disposition is ineffective s
  285. 401Article (401) A restriction may be placed on a obligor if his obligations due ex
  286. 402Article (402) (1) The restriction shall be by way of an order made by a judge wi
  287. 403Article (403) The judge must in each case before imposing a restriction on the o
  288. 404Article (404) (1) The Clerk of the Court must, on the day on which the applicati
  289. 404Article 404, and he must send a copy thereof to the office of the Ministry of Ju
  290. 407Article (407) If a restriction is imposed on an obligor, the president of the co
  291. 408Article (408) The property of an obligor under a restriction shall be sold and d
  292. 410Article (410) (1) The restriction shall terminate by the order of the judge havi
  293. 411Article (411) A restriction order shall terminate by operation of law after the
  294. 412Article (412) An obligor may, after the termination of the restriction, require
  295. 413Article (413) The termination of the restriction shall not prevent the obligees
  296. 414Article (414) Any person who is obliged to perform a thing may refrain from so d
  297. 415Article (415) Each of the contracting parties in a commutative contract generall
  298. 416Article (416) Any person who has incurred necessary or beneficial expense on pro
  299. 418Article (418) Any person who retains a thing in the exercise of his right of ret
  300. 420Article (420) A Condition is a future matter upon the existence or absence of wh
  301. 421Article (421) A perfected disposition is one which has been absolutely concluded
  302. 422Article (422) A conditional (lit: suspended) disposition is one which is depende
  303. 423Article (423) In order for the suspension to be valid, the Condition must be an
  304. 425Article (425) A disposition dependent upon a Condition not incompatible with the
  305. 427Article (427) (A disposition) dependent upon a Condition shall be affirmed upon
  306. 428Article (428) A Condition must be observed as far as is possible. Part 2: Deferm
  307. 430Article (430) If it appears from the disposition that the obligor is not to perf
  308. 431Article (431) The right of an obligor to defer shall lapse in the following circ
  309. 432Article (432) If the deferment is for the benefit of either one of the parties,
  310. 433Article (433) A deferred obligation shall not mature upon the death of the oblig
  311. 435Article (435) (1) A disposition is substitutive if the subject matter thereof is
  312. 436Article (436) Obligees shall not be regarded as being joint save by agreement or
  313. 437Article (437) An obligor may discharge his obligation to any of the joint oblige
  314. 438Article (438) If the liability of an obligor is discharged towards one of the jo
  315. 439Article (439) (1) Joint obligees may claim jointly or severally against the obli
  316. 440Article (440) Any part of an obligation discharged towards joint obligees shall
  317. 441Article (441) An obligation shall be joint if it has the same subject matter, is
  318. 442Article (442) All co-obligees in a joint obligation shall have the right to clai
  319. 444Article (444) (1) If one of the co-obligees receives his share of the discharge
  320. 445Article (445) If one of the co-obligees in an obligation obtains a guarantor for
  321. 446Article (446) If one of the co-obligees purchases property from the obligor for
  322. 447Article (447) Any of the co-obligees may give his share to the obligor or may di
  323. 449Article (449) (1) None of the co-obligees in a joint obligation may defer it on
  324. 450Article (450) There shall be no joint liability as between obligors save by agre
  325. 451Article (451) If one of the jointly liable obligors satisfies the obligation in
  326. 452Article (452) (1) An obligee may claim against all or any of the jointly liable
  327. 453Article (453) If an obligee agrees with one of the jointly liable obligors to su
  328. 455Article (455) If an obligee does not agree to discharge the remainder of the joi
  329. 456Article (456) If an obligee discharges one of the jointly liable obligors from t
  330. 457Article (457) If an obligee discharges one of the jointly liable obligors from t
  331. 458Article (458) (1) If a claim against one of jointly liable obligors has become b
  332. 460Article (460) A composition made by one of the joint liable obligors with the ob
  333. 461Article (461) An admission of an obligation made by a jointly liable obligor sha
  334. 462Article (462) If a judgment is made against one of the jointly liable obligors,
  335. 463Article (463) Any jointly liable obligor who has satisfied the obligation shall
  336. 465Article (465) A disposition shall be indivisible if the nature of the subject ma
  337. 467Article (467) (1) If there are several obligees in an indivisible disposition, e
  338. 468Article (468) If the obligor discharges his obligee voluntarily of a right due t
  339. 470Article (470) Discharge may only be in respect of an existing obligation, not a
  340. 472Article (472) The right shall expire if the obligor proves that the performance
  341. 473Article (473) A right shall not expire by the passage of time but no claim shall
  342. 474Article (474) (1) No claim shall be heard in respect of any periodical renewing
  343. 477Article (477) (1) Claims shall not be heard in the circumstances referred to in
  344. 478Article (478) The period laid down for the prescription of claims shall commence
  345. 481Article (481) (1) The running of time for prescription shall be suspended if the
  346. 482Article (482) If certain heirs do not bring a claim relating to their inheritanc
  347. 483Article (483) An admission by an obligor of a right, whether express or by impli
  348. 485Article (485) (1) If the period of prescription is interrupted, a new period equ
  349. 489Article (489) A sale is the exchange of non-money property for money.
  350. 490Article (490) (1) The property sold must be known to the purchaser sufficiently
  351. 491Article (491) If the contract of sale states that the purchaser is sufficiently
  352. 492Article (492) (1) If the sale is by sample, it shall be sufficient for that to b
  353. 494Article (494) (1) It shall be permissible to make a sale subject to testing, wit
  354. 495Article (495) (1) The purchaser may, within the testing period, either affirm or
  355. 496Article (496) If the object of the sale is destroyed in the hands of the purchas
  356. 497Article (497) The provisions relating to sales shall apply to the goods sold as
  357. 498Article (498) If the purchaser ceases to be of full capacity before he affirms t
  358. 499Article (499) If the purchaser dies before he makes his election, and he has an
  359. 500Article (500) The purchaser may not use the goods sold during the testing period
  360. 501Article (501) The provisions relating to sales subject to testing shall apply to
  361. 503Article (503) "Price" means that which the parties have agreed in consideration
  362. 505Article (505) If the contracting parties declare a price contrary to their true
  363. 507Article (507) (1) An increase in price on the part of the purchaser after the co
  364. 508Article (508) The price shall be payable immediately unless there is an agreemen
  365. 509Article (509) If the price is deferred or payable in instalments, the period of
  366. 511Article (511) (1) The ownership of the goods sold shall be transferred to the pu
  367. 512Article (512) If the sale is of unascertained goods, ownership shall be transfer
  368. 513Article (513) (1) If the price is deferred or payable in instalments, the seller
  369. 514Article (514) The seller must deliver the goods to the purchaser free of any thi
  370. 516Article (516) The seller shall be obliged to deliver the goods sold to the purch
  371. 517Article (517) Delivery shall include the appurtenances of the thing sold, and su
  372. 518Article (518) Contracts over buildings or trees shall include the land upon whic
  373. 519Article (519) The sale of land shall not include crops growing on it in the abse
  374. 520Article (520) The sale of trees, whether directly or by way of appurtenance to t
  375. 521Article (521) A contract for harvestable crops shall not include the second crop
  376. 522Article (522) If the seller validly delivers the goods sold to the purchaser, he
  377. 524Article (524) No claim for rescission of a contract or for a reduction in or sup
  378. 525Article (525) (1) Delivery of the goods may be by actual delivery or by the sell
  379. 526Article (526) If the goods sold are in the possession of the purchaser prior to
  380. 527Article (527) If the contracting parties agree that in a specific instance the p
  381. 528Article (528) Constructive delivery shall be deemed to have taken place by regis
  382. 529Article (529) Constructive delivery shall likewise be deemed to have taken place
  383. 532Article (532) (1) If the goods sold are destroyed prior to delivery or if part o
  384. 533Article (533) (1) If the goods sold are destroyed prior to delivery through the
  385. 534Article (534) (1) The seller shall ensure that the goods sold are free of the ri
  386. 535Article (535) (1) Any claim by a third party for his rights over the goods sold
  387. 537Article (537) (1) Any condition that the seller shall not be liable for the pric
  388. 539Article (539) (1) If the purchaser makes a settlement with a third party claiman
  389. 541Article (541) (1) If a third party claim is made after the goods have been destr
  390. 542Article (542) The third party claimant may claim against the purchaser for any y
  391. 543Article (543) (1) A sale shall be deemed to have been concluded on the basis tha
  392. 546Article (546) If the purchaser disposes the goods as owner after becoming aware
  393. 547Article (547) If goods with an old defect are lost in the hands of the purchaser
  394. 550Article (550) (1) If several things are sold under one agreement and a defect ap
  395. 552Article (552) The right of the purchaser to return the property on the grounds o
  396. 553Article (553) (1) Any yield of the property returned on the grounds of a defect
  397. 554Article (554) Liability for property returned on the grounds of a defect shall p
  398. 555Article (555) (1) A claim of liability for a defect shall become time barred upo
  399. 558Article (558) If the property sold is destroyed in the hands of the seller while
  400. 559Article (559) (1) If the purchaser takes the property in the sight of the seller
  401. 560Article (560) If the purchaser damages the goods, even unintentionally, that sha
  402. 561Article (561) If the purchaser does not know where the property sold is at the t
  403. 562Article (562) (1) The purchaser shall be obliged to hand over the price if it is
  404. 563Article (563) If the purchaser takes a thing in the course of negotiations for p
  405. 565Article (565) If a specific time for the payment of the price is laid down in th
  406. 567Article (567) The costs of delivering the price, and of the contract of sale, re
  407. 568Article (568) A forward sale is for property the delivery of which is deferred,
  408. 569Article (569) The following conditions must be satisfied for a forward sale to b
  409. 572Article (572) If it is impossible to deliver the goods at the due time because t
  410. 573Article (573) If the seller by way of forward sale dies before the time comes to
  411. 575Article (575) The consideration moving from each party in a forward sale may not
  412. 577Article (577) The obligation to deliver goods sold by way of forward sale must b
  413. 579Article (579) (1) If there is a dispute between the seller and the purchaser as
  414. 581Article (581) A sale of space shall be presumed to be in perpetuity, and the fol
  415. 583Article (583) Whoever sells a thing for a deferred price may purchase it for an
  416. 585Article (585) It shall be permissible for a person who has acquired ownership of
  417. 586Article (586) (1) It shall be permissible to sell fruit notwithstanding that it
  418. 587Article (587) If after sale fruits are attacked by a blight which cannot normall
  419. 588Article (588) (1) If land sold contains crops which are harvested only once a ye
  420. 590Article (590) (1) If palms whose spadixes have split, or trees whose buds and bl
  421. 591Article (591) (1) If some of the spadixes on a palm have split or if some of the
  422. 594Article (594) A sale of an inheritance is a sale by an heir of his proportion in
  423. 596Article (596) The seller shall warrant to the purchaser no more than the existen
  424. 597Article (597) (1) Terminal illness is an illness wherein a person cannot go abou
  425. 598Article (598) If a sick person sells some of his property to one of his heirs, t
  426. 599Article (599) (1) If a sick person sells to a stranger at a fair price or with a
  427. 603Article (603) It shall not be permissible for brokers or experts to purchase in
  428. 604Article (604) By way of exception to the provisions contained in the two foregoi
  429. 605Article (605) If a person sells property of a third party without his consent, t
  430. 606Article (606) If the owner affirms the sale, the contract shall be valid so far
  431. 607Article (607) Bartering is the exchange of property or a property right for a no
  432. 608Article (608) Each of the contracting parties in a barter contract shall be deem
  433. 609Article (609) A barter shall still be a barter notwithstanding that a money cons
  434. 610Article (610) The expenses of the barter contract, the costs of delivery, and th
  435. 611Article (611) The provisions relating to sale shall apply to a barter to the ext
  436. 612Article (612) There may be no sale or barter of the following: (a) that which is
  437. 614Article (614) (1) A gift is the passing of property or a right in property to an
  438. 615Article (615) (1) A gift shall be made upon acceptance and offer, and shall beco
  439. 616Article (616) A contract of gift shall not be effective if the property given is
  440. 617Article (617) (1) The gift of a debt to a debtor shall be valid, and shall be re
  441. 618Article (618) (1) It shall be permissible for a donor to recover the property gi
  442. 619Article (619) The donor must not be a person restricted as to the gifts he gives
  443. 620Article (620) A gift made by an obligor whose liabilities exceed his assets shal
  444. 622Article (622) If property pledged is given to a person other than the pledgee an
  445. 623Article (623) A gift shall be void if there is a debt exceeding the assets of th
  446. 625Article (625) If a person gives a thing to another and then, before that other h
  447. 626Article (626) A gift of goods bailed to a bailee or a gift of property lent to a
  448. 627Article (627) If goods lent are given to a person other than the borrower, or if
  449. 628Article (628) (1) A gift of a minor or an imbecile otherwise than for considerat
  450. 629Article (629) If property on hire is given to a person other than the hirer and
  451. 633Article (633) If one of the parties to the gift dies or becomes bankrupt prior t
  452. 635Article (635) The provisions relating to testamentary dispositions shall apply t
  453. 636Article (636) The effectiveness of a contract of gift shall be dependent upon an
  454. 638Article (638) The donor shall not be liable for any third party right over the p
  455. 639Article (639) If a third party right over the property given arises after it has
  456. 640Article (640) If there is a third party right in the property given and the done
  457. 641Article (641) A donor is not liable for latent defects in the property given, no
  458. 642Article (642) The donee must provide such consideration as the donor has stipula
  459. 643Article (643) If the consideration for a gift is payment of a debt owed by the d
  460. 644Article (644) If the property given is encumbered with an obligation for the pay
  461. 646Article (646) (1) The donor may revoke the gift without the consent of the donee
  462. 648Article (648) If the donee deliberately and unjustifiably kills the donor, his h
  463. 649Article (649) The following matters shall be deemed to be obstacles to the revoc
  464. 650Article (650) (1) The revocation of a gift, whether by consent or by order of th
  465. 652Article (652) It shall be permissible for a father to recover from his child wha
  466. 654Article (654) A company is a contract whereby two or more persons are bound each
  467. 655Article (655) (1) A company shall be regarded as a legal person immediately upon
  468. 656Article (656) (1) The company contract must be in writing. (2) If the contract i
  469. 657Article (657) (1) The capital of the company must be cash or other like property
  470. 658Article (658) (1) It shall be permissible for the share of a partner in the comp
  471. 661Article (661) If the share of a partner is limited to his work, his portion of t
  472. 662Article (662) If an agreement is made in the contract that one of the partners s
  473. 663Article (663) (1) Each partner shall be regarded as an agent for the remaining p
  474. 666Article (666) (1) There may be more than one manager of the company. (2) In the
  475. 667Article (667) It shall not be permissible for a person deputed to manage the com
  476. 668Article (668) The partners who are not managers shall not have a right of manage
  477. 669Article (669) (1) A partner who has the right to organise the interests of the c
  478. 670Article (670) It shall not be permissible for a partner to retain for himself an
  479. 671Article (671) (1) If the company owes a debt connected with the objects of the c
  480. 673Article (673) A company shall terminate for any of the following reasons:‑ (a) t
  481. 677Article (677) (1) It shall be permissible for a majority of the partners to appl
  482. 678Article (678) The assets of a company shall be liquidated and distributed in suc
  483. 679Article (679) (1) The company shall retain its legal personality to the extent n
  484. 680Article (680) The liquidator shall carry out all the acts of liquidation includi
  485. 681Article (681) The rules relating to the distribution of property in co-ownership
  486. 682Article (682) (1) The property of the company shall be divided among the partner
  487. 684Article (684) (1) Each of the partners shall be obliged to perform the work whic
  488. 685Article (685) A partner shall not be personally obliged to carry out work which
  489. 686Article (686) (1) The profits shall be divided among the partners in the manner
  490. 688Article (688) If a thing which is to be worked on is destroyed or damaged by the
  491. 689Article (689) It shall be permissible in respect of a business company for the p
  492. 690Article (690) (1) It shall be permissible for the activities of a business compa
  493. 691Article (691) (1) A speculative venture partnership is a contract whereby two or
  494. 692Article (692) The profit and loss shall be distributed between the partners in t
  495. 695Article (695) (1) After the capital has been delivered to him, the mudarib shall
  496. 698Article (698) (1) If the contract of mudaraba is absolute, the mudarib shall be
  497. 699Article (699) If the owner of the capital restricts the mudaraba by certain cond
  498. 704Article (704) (1) The owner of the capital shall alone bear any loss, and any pr
  499. 705Article (705) The mudaraba shall terminate in the following circumstances: (1) I
  500. 709Article (709) The rules set out in this Part shall be without prejudice to the p
  501. 710Article (710) A loan is the granting of ownership of property or fungible things
  502. 711Article (711) The borrower shall obtain full ownership of the property lent unde
  503. 712Article (712) (1) The lender must be a person having the capacity to make gifts.
  504. 714Article (714) If the contract of loan provides for a benefit in excess of the es
  505. 715Article (715) A condition of mortgage (or pledge) or surety in a loan shall be v
  506. 716Article (716) If third party rights are subsisting (or arise) in the property le
  507. 717Article (717) If a latent defect appears in the property borrowed, the lender sh
  508. 718Article (718) (1) If the loan has a fixed or usual term, the borrower must retur
  509. 719Article (719) (1) The borrower shall be bound to return the like of what he has
  510. 720Article (720) If a number of persons borrow property and one of them takes posse
  511. 721Article (721) (1) The borrower must make satisfaction of the loan at the place w
  512. 723Article (723) (1) The parties to an accord must be competent to make disposition
  513. 724Article (724) The accord of a minor of the age of discretion or of an idiot auth
  514. 726Article (726) (1) The consideration for the accord must be ascertained if it req
  515. 728Article (728) If a person makes an accord for part of the thing claimed or a cer
  516. 729Article (729) (1) If two persons reach an accord in a case where each of them cl
  517. 730Article (730) (1) An accord shall result in the transfer of the rights of the co
  518. 731Article (731) The effects of an accord shall be restricted to the rights with wh
  519. 732Article (732) It shall be permissible for the parties to an accord to abrogate i
  520. 734Article (734) An aggrieved party of the two compounding parties may, upon denial
  521. 736Article (736) If one of several heirs makes an accord with the debtor of their l
  522. 737Article (737) One of several heirs may make an accord in respect of his part of
  523. 738Article (738) (1) If one of two (or more) creditors makes an accord with their d
  524. 740Article (740) In the event that it is impossible to ascertain an unknown, an acc
  525. 742Article (742) A hire shall be the conferring by the lessor on the lessee of the
  526. 743Article (743) In order for there to be a valid hire, both parties must be of ful
  527. 744Article (744) (1) For a hire to be valid, the lessor or the person acting on his
  528. 745Article (745) The subject matter of a hire shall be the enjoyment of the use of
  529. 746Article (746) The enjoyment of use contracted for must satisfy the following con
  530. 747Article (747) That from which the enjoyment of use is to be derived must be asce
  531. 749Article (749) The rent may be property, a debt, or a benefit.
  532. 750Article (750) The rent shall be due upon the enjoyment of use being derived, or
  533. 753Article (753) Rent shall not be payable in respect of any period expiring prior
  534. 754Article (754) The period of the hire shall commence as at the date agreed in the
  535. 755Article (755) The period of the hire must be ascertained.
  536. 756Article (756) If the contract of hire does not specify the period or if it is im
  537. 757Article (757) If the contract of hire expires and the lessee remains in enjoymen
  538. 758Article (758) It shall be permissible to stipulate that the hire shall be for a
  539. 759Article (759) If the period of the hire expires, and it is proved that it is nec
  540. 760Article (760) If the lessor asks the lessee for a specified increase in the name
  541. 763Article (763) (1) The lessor must deliver the thing leased together with the app
  542. 764Article (764) The lessor may refuse to give delivery of the thing hired until re
  543. 765Article (765) (1) If a contract of hire is made over a specified thing for a lum
  544. 766Article (766) The (legal) effects of delivery of goods sold shall apply to deliv
  545. 768Article (768) (1) If, with the consent of the lessor, the lessee constructs buil
  546. 770Article (770) (1) It shall not be permissible for the lessor to expose the lesse
  547. 771Article (771) If the interference results in the lessee being deprived of his us
  548. 772Article (772) (1) The lessor shall be liable to the lessee for any defects in th
  549. 774Article (774) The provisions governing the option for defect in property sold sh
  550. 776Article (776) (1) The thing hired shall be regarded as being held in trust by th
  551. 777Article (777) (1) It shall not be permissible for a lessee to exceed in his use
  552. 778Article (778) (1) It shall not be permissible for the lessee to effect any alter
  553. 782Article (782) (1) If by any act of the competent authorities it becomes impossib
  554. 783Article (783) It shall be permissible for the lessee to cancel the contract in t
  555. 785Article (785) If the lessee has made a new building or planted plants in the thi
  556. 787Article (787) It shall not be permissible for a lessee to hire the thing hired e
  557. 788Article (788) In the circumstances provided for in the two foregoing Articles, t
  558. 789Article (789) If the lessee hires the thing hired with the consent of the lessor
  559. 790Article (790) If the contract of hire made with the first lessee is cancelled or
  560. 791Article (791) (1) The hire shall terminate in the two following circumstances: (
  561. 792Article (792) If the lessee uses the thing hired without right after the expirat
  562. 793Article (793) (1) A hire shall not terminate upon the death of either of the con
  563. 795Article (795) (1) If the thing hired is sold without the consent of the lessee,
  564. 799Article (799) It shall be permissible to grant the lease over land with crops on
  565. 801Article (801) (1) If a person takes a lease of land for agriculture, the lease s
  566. 802Article (802) If a person takes a piece of land on the basis that he may cultiva
  567. 803Article (803) If the period of a lease over land expires before the crop matures
  568. 804Article (804) The lessee must exploit the agricultural land in accordance with t
  569. 805Article (805) (1) The lessor shall be obliged to make such repairs upon which th
  570. 806Article (806) If the land leased is flooded so as to make it impossible to culti
  571. 808Article (808) It shall not be permissible to cancel the contract nor to annul th
  572. 810Article (810) The following conditions must be satisfied in order for a muzara'a
  573. 811Article (811) It shall not be permissible to make a stipulation that the seed or
  574. 812Article (812) In a muzara'a, the period over which the land is to be cultivated
  575. 813Article (813) If a contract of muzara'a is made, the produce shall be jointly ow
  576. 814Article (814) (1) If a third party right arises in the land subject to a muzara'
  577. 816Article (816) (1) The farmer shall be bound to carry out the agricultural works,
  578. 817Article (817) (1) The farmer must, in his husbandry and safeguarding of the land
  579. 819Article (819) A contract of muzara'a shall terminate upon the expiration of the
  580. 820Article (820) (1) If the landowner dies before the crop matures, the farmer shal
  581. 822Article (822) A musaqah is a contract between a worker and the owner of a tree o
  582. 823Article (823) In order for a musaqah to be valid, the share of each of the parti
  583. 824Article (824) In order for a musaqah over a tree to be valid, it must be of a ki
  584. 828Article (828) The work and costs required for the musaqah shall be governed by t
  585. 829Article (829) It shall not be permissible for the person providing work under a
  586. 830Article (830) If there is a third party right over the tree, the fruit or the cr
  587. 833Article (833) If the worker defaults in carrying out the work which it is stipul
  588. 834Article (834) The provisions governing muzara'a shall apply to musaqah save in r
  589. 836Article (836) The following conditions must be satisfied in order for a mugharas
  590. 839Article (839) (1) It shall not be permissible for a trustee to take a lease of w
  591. 840Article (840) A beneficiary may not grant a lease of the waqf nor may he take th
  592. 843Article (843) (1) It shall not be permissible to grant leases over waqf property
  593. 844Article (844) If an inherent improvement is made to the site of the waqf which r
  594. 847Article (847) In matters requiring the consent of the judge, the opinion of the
  595. 848Article (848) The provisions governing contracts of lease shall apply to leases
  596. 849Article (849) A loan is the conferring of ownership upon another of the use of a
  597. 851Article (851) A loan must be of a particular thing, suitable for use without the
  598. 852Article (852) The lender must be the owner of the use of the thing notwithstandi
  599. 853Article (853) The borrower must have the capacity to be the donee of the thing l
  600. 854Article (854) (1) If the period of the loan is restricted by time or by the use
  601. 856Article (856) It shall not be permissible for a guardian or tutor to lend proper
  602. 858Article (858) If a person borrows land to build a building or plant a tree on it
  603. 859Article (859) The lender shall not have the right to claim hire from the borrowe
  604. 861Article (861) (1) The borrower must preserve the thing lent and safeguard it as
  605. 862Article (862) The lender shall bear the costs expended on the thing lent, and sh
  606. 863Article (863) (1) The borrower may make such use of the thing lent as it customa
  607. 864Article (864) (1) If a defect arises in the thing lent as a result of use, the l
  608. 865Article (865) It shall not be permissible for the borrower without the consent o
  609. 866Article (866) The borrower may deposit the thing lent with a trustworthy person
  610. 868Article (868) If the borrower dies having said nothing about the loan, and the t
  611. 869Article (869) The borrower may return the thing lent prior to the expiration of
  612. 870Article (870) (1) If the loan is cancelled or terminates, lender must return the
  613. 872Article (872) A muqawala is a contract whereby one of the parties thereto undert
  614. 873Article (873) (1) The agreement in a muqawala contract may be restricted to the
  615. 874Article (874) In a muqawala contract, there must be a description of the subject
  616. 875Article (875) (1) If the employer stipulates that the contractor should provide
  617. 876Article (876) The contractor must provide at his own expense such additional equ
  618. 878Article (878) The contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage resulting fr
  619. 879Article (879) (1) If the work of the contractor produces (a beneficial) effect o
  620. 881Article (881) If the work of the architect is restricted to making the plans to
  621. 883Article 883 No claim for compensation shall be heard after the expiration of thr
  622. 884Article (884) The employer shall be bound to take delivery of the work done when
  623. 885Article (885) The employer shall be obliged to pay the consideration upon delive
  624. 886Article (886) (1) If a contract is made under an itemised list on the basis of u
  625. 888Article (888) If the consideration for the work is not specified in a contract,
  626. 889Article (889) (1) If the architect who has planned the building and supervised t
  627. 890Article (890) (1) A contractor may entrust the performance of the whole or part
  628. 893Article (893) If any cause arises preventing the performance of the contract or
  629. 894Article (894) If the contractor commences to perform the work and then becomes i
  630. 895Article (895) A party injured by the cancellation may make a claim for compensat
  631. 899Article (899) The period of employment shall commence as of the time specified i
  632. 900Article (900) (1) If the contract of employment is for a specified period it sha
  633. 901Article (901) (1) The remuneration of a worker is the property or benefit he rec
  634. 903Article (903) If a person performs work at the request of another without any ag
  635. 904Article (904) If the work contracted for is the teaching of a thing in such a wa
  636. 906Article (906) The employer shall be bound by all customs relating to the work, n
  637. 907Article (907) It shall not be permissible for the employee to do any other work
  638. 908Article (908) The employee shall be liable to the employer for any shortfall, da
  639. 910Article (910) If both parties agree that the employee should be liable in the ev
  640. 914Article (914) If an employer asks another person to perform work on the basis th
  641. 915Article (915) An employer shall be bound to feed his employee or to clothe him i
  642. 916Article (916) If the specified period of the contract of employment expires and
  643. 918Article (918) Both the employer and the employee must abide by their obligations
  644. 919Article (919) (1) A contract of employment shall terminate upon the expiration o
  645. 921Article (921) The contract shall terminate upon the death of the employee, and i
  646. 922Article (922) (1) No claims arising out of a contract of employment shall be hea
  647. 923Article (923) (1) The provisions relating to hire shall apply to a contract of e
  648. 924Article (924) Agency is a contract whereby the principal puts another person in
  649. 925Article (925) (1) The following conditions must be satisfied for an agency to be
  650. 926Article (926) An agency may properly be absolute (general) or restricted (specia
  651. 927Article (927) (1) An agency shall be particular (special) if it is restricted to
  652. 928Article (928) If the agency is granted by general words with no clear indication
  653. 929Article (929) Any act which is not an administrative act or the holding of prope
  654. 930Article (930) Subsequent permission for a dealing shall be regarded as a prior g
  655. 931Article (931) By virtue of the contract of agency the agent shall have the power
  656. 932Article (932) (1) If the agency is gratuitous, the agent must exercise in carryi
  657. 935Article (935) Contracts involving gifts, loans, pledges, deposits, partnerships,
  658. 936Article (936) (1) The contract need not be made in the name of the principal if
  659. 937Article (937) Property collected by an agent on account of the principal shall b
  660. 938Article (938) A person appointed as agent to receive property shall not have the
  661. 939Article (939) In legal proceedings it shall not be permissible to appoint an att
  662. 940Article (940) (1) A person entrusted with the purchase of a thing at an unspecif
  663. 941Article (941) (1) It shall not be permissible for an agent instructed to buy a s
  664. 943Article (943) (1) If a purchasing agent pays the price of the goods bought out o
  665. 944Article (944) (1) The agent who is instructed to sell the property of his princi
  666. 945Article (945) (1) It shall not be permissible for a selling agent to purchase fo
  667. 946Article (946) (1) If a selling agent is not restricted to a cash sale, he may se
  668. 947Article (947) (1) The principal shall have the right to receive the price of the
  669. 948Article (948) The agent shall be obliged to provide his principal with the neces
  670. 949Article (949) The principal must pay the agreed remuneration to the agent when h
  671. 950Article (950) The principal must reimburse to the agent the reasonable expenses
  672. 951Article (951) (1) The principal shall be responsible for all of the obligations
  673. 953Article (953) The provisions relating to contracting by proxy laid down in this
  674. 954Article (954) The agency shall terminate: (a) upon the completion of the work wh
  675. 956Article (956) The principal must indemnify the agent against any loss suffered b
  676. 957Article (957) The agent may dismiss himself from the agency if no third party ri
  677. 958Article (958) (1) The agent must give an indemnity for any damage to the princip
  678. 959Article (959) The agent for legal proceedings shall be dismissed if he makes an
  679. 960Article (960) If an agent for legal proceedings acts in that which he was instru
  680. 967Article (967) (1) The bailee must, in the safekeeping of the property bailed, ta
  681. 968Article (968) (1) The bailee may not bail the property bailed to another person
  682. 969Article (969) The bailee may not use the property bailed or create any third par
  683. 971Article (971) (1) If the bailee lends or trades in the property bailed without t
  684. 974Article (974) If the property bailed is damaged in the hands of the bailee throu
  685. 975Article (975) (1) If the bailee mixes the property bailed with something else fr
  686. 976Article (976) If the property bailed is lost or stolen from the bailee by reason
  687. 977Article (977) (1) If the bailee goes with the property bailed to return it to th
  688. 980Article (980) If there are several bailees and the property bailed is indivisibl
  689. 981Article (981) If the bailor goes missing and cannot be found, the bailee must sa
  690. 982Article (982) (1) If two people bail property owned in common between them with
  691. 983Article (983) (1) If the bailee dies and the actual property bailed is found in
  692. 984Article (984) (1) If the bailee dies and his heir sells the property bailed and
  693. 985Article (985) If there is found in the estate of the deceased property on which
  694. 989Article (989) (1) The bailor must bear the expenses of the return of the propert
  695. 990Article (990) If there is a third party right over the goods bailed and the bail
  696. 991Article (991) If the bailor dies, the property bailed shall be delivered to his
  697. 992Article (992) If the property bailed is a sum of money or a thing which can be d
  698. 993Article (993) (1) The deposit of property belonging to guests at hotels or the l
  699. 994Article (994) (1) Guests at hotels or the like must notify the owners of any los
  700. 996Article (996) (1) If the bailee becomes insane without hope of cure or recovery
  701. 998Article (998) If the contracting parties agree to place the property in the hand
  702. 999Article (999) Either of the parties to a dispute over property may, in the absen
  703. 1002Article (1002) Property in the hands of the custodian shall be held by him in tr
  704. 1003Article (1003) The agreement or the order of the court creating the custodianshi
  705. 1005Article (1005) The custodian may not, otherwise than in the course of safeguardi
  706. 1006Article (1006) The custodian shall be bound to provide the persons concerned wit
  707. 1007Article (1007) A custodian shall be entitled to proper recompense for the monies
  708. 1009Article (1009) The custodian may discharge himself of his functions when he wish
  709. 1012Article (1012) A competition (for reward) is a contract whereby a person is obli
  710. 1014Article (1014) The following conditions must be satisfied for a contract of comp
  711. 1015Article (1015) The prize may be specified property, or a debt which is immediate
  712. 1016Article (1016) If a race takes place for a prize, the race shall be a contract i
  713. 1017Article (1017) If the competition is between two persons or groups, the prize ma
  714. 1020Article (1020) If the arrow of one of the contestants strikes an obstacle in its
  715. 1021Article (1021) (1) Any contract of gambling or for a prohibited competition shal
  716. 1022Article (1022) (1) It shall be permissible for a person to undertake to another
  717. 1023Article (1023) (1) It shall be permissible for the obligation to pay the income
  718. 1024Article (1024) If the obligor does not comply with his obligation, the other par
  719. 1027Article (1027) Without prejudice to the provisions of the foregoing Article, it
  720. 1029Article (1029) (1) It shall be permissible for the insurer to be exempted from l
  721. 1030Article (1030) It shall be permissible for the insurer to take the place of the
  722. 1031Article (1031) Special provisions governing various contracts of insurance not c
  723. 1033Article (1033) (1) If the assured acting in bad faith conceals any matter or pro
  724. 1034Article (1034) The insurer must pay the indemnity or the sum due to the assured
  725. 1035Article (1035) The obligation of an insurer under an insurance against civil lia
  726. 1037Article (1037) An insurer under a fire insurance shall have the following liabil
  727. 1039Article (1039) An insurer shall not be liable for damage deliberately or fraudul
  728. 1040Article (1040) An insurer shall be liable for fire damage caused by those workin
  729. 1041Article (1041) The insurer shall be liable for damage arising out of the fire no
  730. 1042Article (1042) (1) Any person who insures property or an interest with more than
  731. 1043Article (1043) If insurance is placed over property or an interest with more tha
  732. 1044Article (1044) Fire insurance placed over the moveable property of the assured a
  733. 1045Article (1045) (1) If the property insured is encumbered by a mortgage or other
  734. 1046Article (1046) The insurer under a policy of life insurance must pay to the assu
  735. 1047Article (1047) In order for there to be a valid life insurance for the life of a
  736. 1050Article (1050) (1) The assured may stipulate that the insurance money be paid to
  737. 1051Article (1051) An assured who is bound to pay periodical premiums may terminate
  738. 1056Article (1056) Suretyship is the joining of the liability of a person called the
  739. 1057Article (1057) (1) Suretyship may arise through use of that word, or words indic
  740. 1058Article (1058) It is a prerequisite of a suretyship arising that the surety shou
  741. 1059Article (1059) The suretyship shall be void if the surety makes a condition in h
  742. 1060Article (1060) It is valid for a suretyship to be accomplished, or restricted by
  743. 1062Article (1062) Suretyship in respect of the expenses of a wife or relatives shal
  744. 1063Article (1063) The suretyship of the agent of the seller to a purchaser in respe
  745. 1064Article (1064) (1) Suretyship for a person suffering from a terminal illness sha
  746. 1065Article (1065) Suretyship conditional on the discharge of the principal obligor
  747. 1066Article (1066) The surety under suretyship subject to a suspensive condition or
  748. 1067Article (1067) The suretyship shall cover the incidentals of the debt and costs
  749. 1068Article (1068) (1) Surety for the person obliges the guarantor to produce the pe
  750. 1069Article (1069) If the surety undertakes to pay the debt upon his failure to deli
  751. 1071Article (1071) The person guaranteed must be delivered at the place specified by
  752. 1073Article (1073) If it does not appear from the contract of guarantee that it is a
  753. 1074Article (1074) A husband may revoke a surety for the person if it was issued by
  754. 1075Article (1075) A darak suretyship is a suretyship to pay the price of property s
  755. 1077Article (1077) (1) The surety must discharge his obligation when the time falls
  756. 1078Article (1078) (1) The obligee may claim against the principal obligor or the su
  757. 1079Article (1079) It shall be permissible for the suretyship to be conditional upon
  758. 1080Article (1080) If the suretyship is unqualified, the obligation of the surety sh
  759. 1082Article (1082) If a debt is secured by a security in rem prior to the suretyship
  760. 1084Article (1084) If the surety or the debtor dies before a deferred debt falls due
  761. 1086Article (1086) If the sureties are jointly liable as between themselves and one
  762. 1087Article (1087) Any suretyship imposed by a provision in the law or by an order o
  763. 1088Article (1088) If the creditor receives satisfaction of his debt by (accepting)
  764. 1089Article (1089) If his debtor becomes bankrupt, the creditor must prove for his d
  765. 1090Article (1090) (1) The surety shall not have any right of recourse against the p
  766. 1091Article (1091) (1) The obligee must deliver to the surety upon discharge by him
  767. 1092Article (1092) If a debt is due, the creditor must claim for it within six month
  768. 1095Article (1095) A surety for property or for the delivery up of the body of a per
  769. 1096Article (1096) The surety shall have a right of recourse against the principal o
  770. 1097Article (1097) If the principal obligors are jointly liable, then the person sta
  771. 1103Article (1103) If the obligee dies and he leaves the whole of his estate to the
  772. 1104Article (1104) No claim may be made against a surety in respect of a suretyship
  773. 1107Article (1107) An assignment is an immediately binding contract unless one of th
  774. 1108Article (1108) (1) An assignment shall be limited or absolute. (2) A limited ass
  775. 1109Article (1109) (1) In order for an assignment to be valid, there must be the con
  776. 1110Article (1110) In order for an assignment to be valid, the transferor must be in
  777. 1111Article (1111) An assignment by a person having an entitlement in respect of a w
  778. 1112Article (1112) The consent of a father or guardian to an assignment to a third p
  779. 1113Article (1113) In addition to the general conditions, the following conditions m
  780. 1114Article (1114) (1) An assignment shall be void if one of the conditions necessar
  781. 1115Article (1115) A transfer shall become void upon the reason for the debt transfe
  782. 1116Article (1116) The creditor shall have the right to make a claim against the tra
  783. 1117Article (1117) The debt shall be transferred to the transferee retaining the sam
  784. 1118Article (1118) It shall be permissible for the creditor and the transferee after
  785. 1119Article (1119) The debt transferred shall retain all of the guarantees attaching
  786. 1121Article (1121) The transferor shall have the right to claim against the transfer
  787. 1122Article (1122) The right of the transferor to claim against the transferee for t
  788. 1123Article (1123) It shall not be permissible for the transferee in a valid assignm
  789. 1125Article (1125) The transferor must deliver to the creditor the document of title
  790. 1126Article (1126) If the transferor guarantees to the creditor the solvency of the
  791. 1127Article (1127) (1) If the transferee dies before discharge of the debt under a l
  792. 1129Article (1129) The creditor shall have recourse against the transferor in the fo
  793. 1130Article (1130) (1) If there are several assignments in respect of one right the
  794. 1132Article (1132) An assignment shall terminate by the subject matter thereof being
  795. 1133Article (1133) (1) The right of ownership is the power of the owner to dispose a
  796. 1135Article (1135) (1) No person may be deprived of ownership without lawful cause.
  797. 1136Article (1136) The owner may dispose of his property absolutely unless his dispo
  798. 1138Article (1138) If a third party right subsists in property, the owner may not di
  799. 1139Article (1139) To impede the passage of light to a neighbour shall be deemed to
  800. 1142Article (1142) The owner of a building may require that his neighbour be prevent
  801. 1143Article (1143) (1) A neighbour may not compel his neighbour to put up a wall or
  802. 1144Article (1144) (1) An owner may not excessively exercise his right to an extent
  803. 1145Article (1145) The owner may not, in making a disposition, whether by contract o
  804. 1147Article (1147) A private road, like jointly owned property, belongs to the perso
  805. 1148Article (1148) (1) Persons passing along a public way shall have the right to en
  806. 1149Article (1149) No persons other than those together owning a private way may ope
  807. 1150Article (1150) If one of the owners of a private way blocks his door leading on
  808. 1151Article (1151) The costs of repairing a private way shall be borne by all of the
  809. 1152Article (1152) Without prejudice to the provisions relating to shares in an inhe
  810. 1154Article (1154) A co-owner of property owned in common may not dispose of his sha
  811. 1155Article (1155) (1) In the absence of any agreement to the contrary, the manageme
  812. 1158Article (1158) Any co-owner shall have the right to take steps to preserve the c
  813. 1159Article (1159) The costs of management and preservation of the co-owned property
  814. 1160Article (1160) Division shall be the separation and specification of a co-owned
  815. 1162Article (1162) Without prejudice to the provisions of other laws, any person wis
  816. 1164Article (1164) (1) In order for a judicial division to be valid, it must be made
  817. 1165Article (1165) The co-owned property must be capable of division in such a way t
  818. 1167Article (1167) (1) The obligees of any co-owner may object to the division, whet
  819. 1169Article (1169) A co-owner participating in the division shall be regarded as the
  820. 1170Article (1170) A division may not be resiled from after has been perfected, save
  821. 1171Article (1171) The provisions governing the options of conditionality, sight and
  822. 1172Article (1172) (1) Any person who has been the victim of gross cheating in divis
  823. 1173Article (1173) Claims for cancellation and redivision may not be heard unless th
  824. 1175Article (1175) Division by a voluntary agent shall depend upon the confirmation
  825. 1177Article (1177) (1) If joint use is determined by time, the period must be specif
  826. 1178Article (1178) The provisions governing the division of joint use with regard to
  827. 1179Article (1179) (1) If the co-owners may, during the proceedings for final divisi
  828. 1181Article (1181) Shared use shall not become void upon the death of one of the own
  829. 1182Article (1182) Subject to the provisions of Articles 1165 and 1166 of this Law,
  830. 1183Article (1183) Members of a single family all having a common business or intere
  831. 1184Article (1184) (1) It shall be permissible to agree to the establishment of fami
  832. 1186Article (1186) (1) The owners of a majority of the shares in a family ownership
  833. 1187Article (1187) With the exception of the foregoing rules, the rules relating to
  834. 1189Article (1189) The common parts of buildings provided for in the foregoing Artic
  835. 1190Article (1190) Party walls between two apartments shall be co-owned by the owner
  836. 1191Article (1191) Each owner may enjoy the use of the common parts for the purpose
  837. 1192Article (1192) Each owner shall share in the costs of preserving, maintaining an
  838. 1193Article (1193) No owner may make any alteration in the common parts without the
  839. 1194Article (1194) (1) The owner of a lower floor must carry out such works and repa
  840. 1196Article (1196) The owner of an upper floor may not increase the height of the bu
  841. 1198Article (1198) If a wall is co-owned by two or more persons, none of the co-owne
  842. 1200Article (1200) A neighbor who has not shared in the costs of heightening may bec
  843. 1202Article (1202) A wall which at the time it was built divides two buildings shall
  844. 1203Article (1203) Whoever takes possession of an ownerless moveable with the intent
  845. 1205Article (1205) (1) Treasures found in land belonging to a particular person shal
  846. 1208Article (1208) Articles washed up by the sea which no owner comes forward to cla
  847. 1209Article (1209) (1) Uncultivated (and ownerless) land shall belong to the state.
  848. 1211Article (1211) (1) Whoever cultivates or develops undeveloped land with the cons
  849. 1212Article (1212) If a person develops part of the land he has been authorised to d
  850. 1216Article (1216) (1) The fencing off of undeveloped land shall not be regarded as
  851. 1217Article (1217) If a person digs a well on undeveloped land with the consent of t
  852. 1218Article (1218) Property guaranteed shall become owned by virtue of the guarantee
  853. 1219Article (1219) (1) An heir shall acquire by way of inheritance land, chattels an
  854. 1221Article (1221) If the testor has appointed an executor for the estate, the court
  855. 1222Article (1222) (1) A person appointed as the executor of an estate may withdraw
  856. 1223Article (1223) (1) The court must make a note in a special register of orders ma
  857. 1224Article (1224) (1) The executor of an estate shall take delivery of the property
  858. 1225Article (1225) The judge must where required take all necessary steps to preserv
  859. 1226Article (1226) The executor of an estate must pay out of the assets of the estat
  860. 1227Article (1227) (1) The creditors may not, at the time of the appointment of the
  861. 1229Article (1229) (1) The executor of an estate must take all steps to preserve the
  862. 1230Article (1230) (1) The executor of an estate must summon the creditors and debto
  863. 1231Article (1231) (1) The executor of an estate must, within three months of the da
  864. 1232Article (1232) The executor of an estate may, in assessing the value of the asse
  865. 1233Article (1233) Any breach of trust on the part of any person who commits a fraud
  866. 1234Article (1234) Any dispute as to the correctness of the inventory shall be raise
  867. 1235Article (1235) (1) After the expiration of the time limit for hearing disputes a
  868. 1236Article (1236) The executor of an estate must, in the event that the estate is b
  869. 1239Article (1239) Any heir may, after distribution of the deferred debts secured on
  870. 1244Article (1244) The court shall, upon the application of any of the heirs or pers
  871. 1245Article (1245) Each heir may require the executor of the estate to deliver his p
  872. 1247Article (1247) The provisions laid down in respect of the division of property s
  873. 1249Article (1249) If upon the division of the estate one of the heirs has a debt ag
  874. 1250Article (1250) A testamentary disposition as to the division of the assets of th
  875. 1252Article (1252) If the division does not include the whole of the property of the
  876. 1253Article (1253) If one or more of the probable heirs included in the division die
  877. 1255Article (1255) If the property divided does not include the debts of the estate,
  878. 1256Article (1256) If the estate has not been liquidated in accordance with the fore
  879. 1263Article (1263) (1) The owner of soil which has become displaced through an act o
  880. 1265Article (1265) -- 290 of 351 -- Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issua
  881. 1266Article (1266) Land rising over the sea, lakes, pools and ponds which have no ow
  882. 1267Article (1267) Any building, plant or work standing upon land shall be deemed to
  883. 1268Article (1268) If an owner of land builds on his land with materials owned by a
  884. 1269Article (1269) If a person places a building, plant or other installation using
  885. 1270Article (1270) If a person places a building, plant or other construction with m
  886. 1273Article (1273) If one of the owners of shares builds for himself on co-owned pro
  887. 1274Article (1274) If moveables accrue to different owners in such a way that they c
  888. 1275Article (1275) Ownership and other rights in rem over moveables and real propert
  889. 1276Article (1276) Ownership of moveables not specified by type may only be transfer
  890. 1277Article (1277) Ownership of real property or other rights in rem over real prope
  891. 1278Article (1278) An undertaking to transfer ownership of real property shall be li
  892. 1283Article (1283) The pre-emptee is a person who owns the share of one of the co-ow
  893. 1284Article (1284) Property subject to pre-emption is real property capable of divis
  894. 1285Article (1285) (1) If one of the co-owners sells his share in co-owned real prop
  895. 1290Article (1290) Real property subject to a right of pre-emption must belong to th
  896. 1291Article (1291) If there is an established right of pre-emption, it shall not lap
  897. 1292Article (1292) There shall be no pre-emption in the following circumstances: (a)
  898. 1294Article (1294) If the real property is subject to a right of pre-emption is sold
  899. 1295Article (1295) If any of the pre-emptors waives his right to take by pre-emption
  900. 1297Article (1297) Claims for pre-emption shall not be heard: (1) if the sale has ta
  901. 1298Article (1298) (1) A claim for pre-emption must be brought within two months fro
  902. 1301Article (1301) Without prejudice to the rules relating to registration, the titl
  903. 1302Article (1302) The yield of real property exploited by a purchaser before it is
  904. 1306Article (1306) No mortgage for security or any priority right created by or agai
  905. 1307Article (1307) (1) Possession is actual control by a person through himself over
  906. 1311Article (1311) (1) If several persons dispute the possession of a thing or right
  907. 1312Article (1312) A person in possession of a thing shall be deemed to be acting in
  908. 1313Article (1313) (1) Good faith shall continue to be presumed in favour of the pos
  909. 1314Article (1314) Possession shall cease if the possessor abandons his actual contr
  910. 1315Article (1315) (1) Possession shall not cease by virtue of a temporary obstacle
  911. 1316Article (1316) If a possessor brings a claim for delivery up and recovery of his
  912. 1317Article (1317) Whoever is in possession of chattels or unregistered land as owne
  913. 1318Article (1318) (1) If possession arises over land or an unregistered right in re
  914. 1320Article (1320) (1) No claim for absolute ownership or claim for an inheritance o
  915. 1322Article (1322) Passage of time barring proceedings for ownership shall not apply
  916. 1323Article (1323) The passage of time shall not be interrupted if possession of rea
  917. 1324Article (1324) Subject to the foregoing provisions the rules for the prescriptio
  918. 1325Article (1325) (1) No claim of ownership shall be heard against a person in poss
  919. 1326Article (1326) (1) By way of exception to the provisions of the foregoing Articl
  920. 1327Article (1327) A person in possession in good faith shall be the owner of the fr
  921. 1328Article (1328) (1) A person in possession in bad faith shall be liable in respec
  922. 1331Article (1331) (1) If a person in possession in good faith enjoys the thing in t
  923. 1332Article (1332) If a person is in possession in bad faith, he shall be liable for
  924. 1333Article (1333) Usufruct is a right in rem for the beneficiary to use and exploit
  925. 1334Article (1334) He acquires the right to benefit from a legal action, by pre-empt
  926. 1336Article (1336) The rights and obligations of the beneficiary shall take into acc
  927. 1337Article (1337) The fruits of the thing benefited from are the right of the benef
  928. 1338Article (1338) (1) The usufructuary may deal with the property enjoyed in the us
  929. 1340Article (1340) (1) The usufructuary must exercise the care of the reasonable man
  930. 1341Article (1341) -- 310 of 351 -- Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issua
  931. 1342Article (1342) (1) The usufructuary must notify the owner: (a) if a third party
  932. 1345Article (1345) If the specified period for usufruct has expired and the usufruct
  933. 1348Article (1348) A claim for a usufruct right shall not be heard by the passage of
  934. 1349Article (1349) It is permissible for the benefit to be based on the right of use
  935. 1350Article (1350) The extent of the right of use and the right of residence is dete
  936. 1351Article (1351) It is not permissible to assign the right of use or the right of
  937. 1352Article (1352) The provisions of the usufruct right apply to the right of use an
  938. 1353Article (1353) The musataha right is a real right that gives its owner the right
  939. 1354Article (1354) (1) A right of musataha may be acquired by agreement or by the pa
  940. 1355Article (1355) (1) It shall be permissible to assign or pledge a right of musata
  941. 1357Article (1357) The owner of the right of musataha shall be the owner of any buil
  942. 1359Article (1359) A right of musataha shall not cease by virtue of the removal of t
  943. 1360Article (1360) Upon the termination of a right of musataha, the provisions of Ar
  944. 1361Article (1361) -- 314 of 351 -- Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issua
  945. 1363Article (1363) (1) Rights of easement may be acquired by consent or by legal dis
  946. 1365Article (1365) (1) Restrictions imposed upon the right of an owner of real prope
  947. 1366Article (1366) -- 315 of 351 -- Federal Law No. (5) of 1985 Concerning the Issua
  948. 1367Article (1367) The extent of rights of easement shall be defined in the document
  949. 1368Article (1368) The owner of the dominant property may exercise his rights within
  950. 1370Article (1370) The owner of the servient property may not do any act such as to
  951. 1371Article (1371) (1) If the dominant property is divided up, the right of easement
  952. 1372Article (1372) (1) If the servient property is divided up, the right of easement
  953. 1373Article (1373) A right of easement shall terminate upon the expiration of the pe
  954. 1374Article (1374) A right of easement shall terminate if the dominant and servient
  955. 1376Article (1376) A right of easement shall terminate if the owner of it annuls his
  956. 1377Article (1377) A right of easement shall terminate if the purpose for which it e
  957. 1381Article (1381) If connection with a public highway is prevented by reason of the
  958. 1382Article (1382) The right to draw water is the taking of turns to have the use of
  959. 1384Article (1384) (1) If a person makes a stream or water course for the irrigation
  960. 1385Article (1385) No co-owner of a source of water or of a co-owned stream may crea
  961. 1386Article (1386) If the owners of the right to draw water do not agree to carry ou
  962. 1387Article (1387) The right to draw water may be inherited, and the benefit thereof
  963. 1388Article (1388) (1) A right of passage of water is the right of a land owner to h
  964. 1389Article (1389) If a right of passage of water is established in favour of any pe
  965. 1392Article (1392) Free flow is the flowing or drainage of water which is either unu
  966. 1394Article (1394) An owner of agricultural land shall have the right to draw off un
  967. 1395Article (1395) The owners of land over which water flows naturally may make use
  968. 1396Article (1396) No person may create a harmful flow of water on to land owned by
  969. 1397Article (1397) Owners of new installations may not divert the flow of water prod
  970. 1398Article (1398) (1) An owner of land may modify the surface thereof in such a way
  971. 1399Article (1399) A pledge by way of security is a contract whereby an obligee acqu
  972. 1400Article (1400) A pledge by way of security may only be made by registration ther
  973. 1402Article (1402) It shall not be permissible to pledge the property of a third par
  974. 1404Article (1404) (1) It shall be permissible for a guardian with the consent of th
  975. 1405Article (1405) The real property pledged by way of security pledge must be prese
  976. 1406Article (1406) (1) It shall not be permissible for there to be a security pledge
  977. 1407Article (1407) A pledge by way of security shall include the appurtenances of th
  978. 1408Article (1408) (1) A co-owner of co-owned property may pledge his share, and the
  979. 1409Article (1409) The consideration for a pledge way of security must be an ascerta
  980. 1410Article (1410) A pledge by way of security shall be indivisible, and each part o
  981. 1414Article (1414) The pledgor shall be the guarantor of the property pledged and he
  982. 1415Article (1415) (1) If the property pledged is destroyed or damaged through the d
  983. 1417Article (1417) If the pledgor is a guarantor in rem, it shall not be permissible
  984. 1418Article (1418) A pledgee of a pledge by way of security may assign his right to
  985. 1419Article (1419) (1) A pledgee may satisfy his debt out of the land pledged upon t
  986. 1422Article (1422) A pledge by way of security shall be effective as against the non
  987. 1426Article (1426) It shall be permissible for an obligee-pledgee to assign the rank
  988. 1432Article (1432) A person in possession of land pledged by way of security may pay
  989. 1435Article (1435) It shall be permissible for a person in possession of land pledge
  990. 1440Article (1440) (1) A pledge by way of security shall expire upon the expiration
  991. 1441Article (1441) (1) A debtor may pay the debt secured by the pledge by way of sec
  992. 1444Article (1444) A pledge by way of security shall expire if the obligee-pledgee w
  993. 1473Article (1473) The pledgee may not dispose of the goods pledged without the cons
  994. 1476Article (1476) If the obligee misuses the property pledged, the pledgor shall ha
  995. 1484Article (1484) A possessory pledge of land shall not be deemed to be effective a
  996. 1492Article (1492) (1) A pledge of a debt shall not be effective as against the debt
  997. 1500Article (1500) The provisions relating to pledges of moveable property by way of
  998. 1501Article (1501) A possessory pledge shall terminate upon the termination of the d
  999. 1508Article (1508) (1) The provisions relating to pledges for security shall apply t
  1000. 1523Article (1523) The priority right of a hotelier shall rank equally with the prio
Reading shortcut

Ask LEXAI a question about Law No. (5) of 1985.

Plain-English answers, with a citation back to the exact article. Free with a LEXAI account.

LEXAI provides general legal information, not legal advice. For your specific case, speak to a licensed UAE lawyer.

Keep reading

General

Enjaz Abu Dhabi: What Injaz Centres Do and How to Use Them

A practical guide to Enjaz (Injaz) centres in Abu Dhabi — the service centres listed by the Abu Dhabi Judicial Department for case filing, notary public work, attestations and court data entry — where they are, what they handle, how hours differ by centre, and why the Saudi visa platform with the same name is a different thing entirely.

5 min read

General

Consumer Complaints in the UAE: How to File One and Escalate It (2026)

A step-by-step guide to the UAE consumer complaint ladder: what you demand from the seller, when the emirate's economic department takes over, how the Ministry of Economy channel works, the laws behind each step, and the point where the courts start.

5 min read

General

Types of Lawyers in the UAE — Advocates, Consultants and Every Practice Area Explained

UAE law licenses two categories of lawyer — advocates who appear in court and legal consultants who advise. This guide maps both, walks through every major practice area, and shows how to verify a licence before hiring anyone.

5 min read